WO2017123444A1 - Method of preparing silver carboxylate soaps - Google Patents
Method of preparing silver carboxylate soaps Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2017123444A1 WO2017123444A1 PCT/US2017/012235 US2017012235W WO2017123444A1 WO 2017123444 A1 WO2017123444 A1 WO 2017123444A1 US 2017012235 W US2017012235 W US 2017012235W WO 2017123444 A1 WO2017123444 A1 WO 2017123444A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- silver
- long chain
- acid
- carboxylic acids
- chain carboxylic
- Prior art date
Links
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 title claims abstract description 280
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 279
- -1 silver carboxylate Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 271
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 118
- 239000000344 soap Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 83
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 88
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 88
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 79
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 42
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 191
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 claims description 48
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 claims description 44
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 claims description 23
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 23
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- DPUOLQHDNGRHBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Brassidinsaeure Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O DPUOLQHDNGRHBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- URXZXNYJPAJJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Erucic acid Natural products CCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O URXZXNYJPAJJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 150000008044 alkali metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 14
- DPUOLQHDNGRHBS-KTKRTIGZSA-N erucic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O DPUOLQHDNGRHBS-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000001235 sensitizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000008199 coating composition Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-MDZDMXLPSA-N elaidic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C\CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-MDZDMXLPSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- BITHHVVYSMSWAG-KTKRTIGZSA-N (11Z)-icos-11-enoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O BITHHVVYSMSWAG-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- YWWVWXASSLXJHU-AATRIKPKSA-N (9E)-tetradecenoic acid Chemical compound CCCC\C=C\CCCCCCCC(O)=O YWWVWXASSLXJHU-AATRIKPKSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- YZXBAPSDXZZRGB-DOFZRALJSA-N arachidonic acid Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O YZXBAPSDXZZRGB-DOFZRALJSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- SECPZKHBENQXJG-FPLPWBNLSA-N palmitoleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O SECPZKHBENQXJG-FPLPWBNLSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical class N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- DTOSIQBPPRVQHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-Linolenic acid Chemical compound CCC=CCC=CCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O DTOSIQBPPRVQHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- GWHCXVQVJPWHRF-KTKRTIGZSA-N (15Z)-tetracosenoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O GWHCXVQVJPWHRF-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- FPRKGXIOSIUDSE-SYACGTDESA-N (2z,4z,6z,8z)-docosa-2,4,6,8-tetraenoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC\C=C/C=C\C=C/C=C\C(O)=O FPRKGXIOSIUDSE-SYACGTDESA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- UNSRRHDPHVZAHH-YOILPLPUSA-N (5Z,8Z,11Z)-icosatrienoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O UNSRRHDPHVZAHH-YOILPLPUSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-NTGFUMLPSA-N (9Z,12Z)-9,10,12,13-tetratritiooctadeca-9,12-dienoic acid Chemical compound C(CCCCCCC\C(=C(/C\C(=C(/CCCCC)\[3H])\[3H])\[3H])\[3H])(=O)O OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-NTGFUMLPSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- URXZXNYJPAJJOQ-FPLPWBNLSA-N (Z)-icos-13-enoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O URXZXNYJPAJJOQ-FPLPWBNLSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- UNSRRHDPHVZAHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6beta,11alpha-Dihydroxy-3alpha,5alpha-cyclopregnan-20-on Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCC=CCC=CCCCC(O)=O UNSRRHDPHVZAHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- YWWVWXASSLXJHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9E-tetradecenoic acid Natural products CCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O YWWVWXASSLXJHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000021357 Behenic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000021292 Docosatetraenoic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- OPGOLNDOMSBSCW-CLNHMMGSSA-N Fursultiamine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1CCOC1CSSC(\CCO)=C(/C)N(C=O)CC1=CN=C(C)N=C1N OPGOLNDOMSBSCW-CLNHMMGSSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- XJXROGWVRIJYMO-SJDLZYGOSA-N Nervonic acid Natural products O=C(O)[C@@H](/C=C/CCCCCCCC)CCCCCCCCCCCC XJXROGWVRIJYMO-SJDLZYGOSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000021319 Palmitoleic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- UWHZIFQPPBDJPM-FPLPWBNLSA-M Vaccenic acid Natural products CCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O UWHZIFQPPBDJPM-FPLPWBNLSA-M 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000021322 Vaccenic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- JAZBEHYOTPTENJ-JLNKQSITSA-N all-cis-5,8,11,14,17-icosapentaenoic acid Chemical compound CC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O JAZBEHYOTPTENJ-JLNKQSITSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000021342 arachidonic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940114079 arachidonic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940116226 behenic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- SECPZKHBENQXJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N cis-palmitoleic acid Natural products CCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O SECPZKHBENQXJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- GWHCXVQVJPWHRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cis-tetracosenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O GWHCXVQVJPWHRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960005135 eicosapentaenoic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- JAZBEHYOTPTENJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N eicosapentaenoic acid Natural products CCC=CCC=CCC=CCC=CCC=CCCCC(O)=O JAZBEHYOTPTENJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000020673 eicosapentaenoic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940108623 eicosenoic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- BITHHVVYSMSWAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N eicosenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O BITHHVVYSMSWAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000021299 gondoic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- NNNVXFKZMRGJPM-KHPPLWFESA-N sapienic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCC(O)=O NNNVXFKZMRGJPM-KHPPLWFESA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- JIWBIWFOSCKQMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N stearidonic acid Natural products CCC=CCC=CCC=CCC=CCCCCC(O)=O JIWBIWFOSCKQMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- UWHZIFQPPBDJPM-BQYQJAHWSA-N trans-vaccenic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC\C=C\CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O UWHZIFQPPBDJPM-BQYQJAHWSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940098330 gamma linoleic acid Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 144
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 72
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 54
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 54
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 52
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 38
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 36
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 33
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 31
- 150000003378 silver Chemical class 0.000 description 27
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 23
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 17
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229930185605 Bisphenol Natural products 0.000 description 14
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 14
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 11
- 101100150005 Caenorhabditis elegans spd-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 10
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 150000007933 aliphatic carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 9
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000011941 photocatalyst Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 8
- GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;9,10-dioxoanthracene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- JKFYKCYQEWQPTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-azaniumyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)acetate Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 JKFYKCYQEWQPTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910021612 Silver iodide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000011258 core-shell material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000002601 radiography Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 7
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 229940045105 silver iodide Drugs 0.000 description 7
- KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butadiene Chemical compound C=CC=C KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 6
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 6
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC)(=O)O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 6
- IJAPPYDYQCXOEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazin-1(2H)-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NN=CC2=C1 IJAPPYDYQCXOEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-sulfonyldiphenol Chemical class C1=CC(O)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-HZJYTTRNSA-N Linoleic acid Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-HZJYTTRNSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 206010070834 Sensitisation Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910000000 metal hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 150000004692 metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000004848 polyfunctional curative Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000011241 protective layer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000008313 sensitization Effects 0.000 description 5
- ZUNKMNLKJXRCDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver bromoiodide Chemical compound [Ag].IBr ZUNKMNLKJXRCDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 5
- QGKMIGUHVLGJBR-UHFFFAOYSA-M (4z)-1-(3-methylbutyl)-4-[[1-(3-methylbutyl)quinolin-1-ium-4-yl]methylidene]quinoline;iodide Chemical compound [I-].C12=CC=CC=C2N(CCC(C)C)C=CC1=CC1=CC=[N+](CCC(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C12 QGKMIGUHVLGJBR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000010724 Wisteria floribunda Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002019 doping agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052741 iridium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iridium atom Chemical compound [Ir] GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000020778 linoleic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-IXWMQOLASA-N linoleic acid Natural products CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C\CCCCCCCC(O)=O OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-IXWMQOLASA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000004668 long chain fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- ADZWSOLPGZMUMY-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver bromide Chemical compound [Ag]Br ADZWSOLPGZMUMY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229920003048 styrene butadiene rubber Polymers 0.000 description 4
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FOIXSVOLVBLSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver ion Chemical compound [Ag+] FOIXSVOLVBLSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000008360 acrylonitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 3
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229940042795 hydrazides for tuberculosis treatment Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 3
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229920002037 poly(vinyl butyral) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 3
- AQRYNYUOKMNDDV-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver behenate Chemical compound [Ag+].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O AQRYNYUOKMNDDV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- YXIWHUQXZSMYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzothiazole-2-thiol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(S)=NC2=C1 YXIWHUQXZSMYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MQCPOLNSJCWPGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2'-Bisphenol F Chemical class OC1=CC=CC=C1CC1=CC=CC=C1O MQCPOLNSJCWPGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GMIUUCWUOPOETN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,5-triphenyl-1-(2,4,5-triphenylimidazol-2-yl)imidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=NC(N2C(=C(N=C2C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)(C=2C=CC=CC=2)N=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 GMIUUCWUOPOETN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QUWAJPZDCZDTJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-hydroxyphenyl)sulfonylphenol Chemical class OC1=CC=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O QUWAJPZDCZDTJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NEAQRZUHTPSBBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3,3-dimethyl-7-nitro-4h-isoquinolin-1-one Chemical class C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C2C(=O)N(O)C(C)(C)CC2=C1 NEAQRZUHTPSBBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GZPBVLUEICLBOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(dimethylamino)-3,5-dimethylphenol Chemical compound CN(C)C1=C(C)C=C(O)C=C1C GZPBVLUEICLBOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PCLIMKBDDGJMGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-bromosuccinimide Chemical compound BrN1C(=O)CCC1=O PCLIMKBDDGJMGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002174 Styrene-butadiene Substances 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004061 bleaching Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000001639 boron compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000007687 exposure technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine group Chemical group N1=CCC2=CC=CC=C12 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004694 iodide salts Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- NNPPMTNAJDCUHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutane Chemical compound CC(C)C NNPPMTNAJDCUHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium bromide Chemical compound [Li+].[Br-] AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium iodide Chemical compound [Li+].[I-] HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000006224 matting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M merocyanine Chemical compound [Na+].O=C1N(CCCC)C(=O)N(CCCC)C(=O)C1=C\C=C\C=C/1N(CCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=CC=C2O\1 DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBSFWRHWHYMIOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 FBSFWRHWHYMIOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- NSBNSZAXNUGWDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-O monopyridin-1-ium tribromide Chemical compound Br[Br-]Br.C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 NSBNSZAXNUGWDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 150000004780 naphthols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000012805 post-processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- WQGWDDDVZFFDIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrogallol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC(O)=C1O WQGWDDDVZFFDIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052761 rare earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007767 slide coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinimide Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1 KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052714 tellurium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- PORWMNRCUJJQNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tellurium atom Chemical compound [Te] PORWMNRCUJJQNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000101 thioether group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- UXBZSSBXGPYSIL-UHFFFAOYSA-K yttrium(iii) phosphate Chemical class [Y+3].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O UXBZSSBXGPYSIL-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- VNDYJBBGRKZCSX-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc bromide Chemical compound Br[Zn]Br VNDYJBBGRKZCSX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- UAYWVJHJZHQCIE-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc iodide Chemical compound I[Zn]I UAYWVJHJZHQCIE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- QNRATNLHPGXHMA-XZHTYLCXSA-N (r)-(6-ethoxyquinolin-4-yl)-[(2s,4s,5r)-5-ethyl-1-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octan-2-yl]methanol;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C([C@H]([C@H](C1)CC)C2)CN1[C@@H]2[C@H](O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OCC)C=C21 QNRATNLHPGXHMA-XZHTYLCXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IHAWQAMKUMLDIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexabromopropan-2-one Chemical class BrC(Br)(Br)C(=O)C(Br)(Br)Br IHAWQAMKUMLDIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000000178 1,2,4-triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000005206 1,2-dihydroxybenzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YHMYGUUIMTVXNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dihydrobenzimidazole-2-thione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(S)=NC2=C1 YHMYGUUIMTVXNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHKAJLSKXBADFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-indandione Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(=O)CC(=O)C2=C1 UHKAJLSKXBADFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNGDWRXWKFWCJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dihydropyridine Chemical class C1C=CNC=C1 YNGDWRXWKFWCJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZPANWZBSGMDWON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[(2-hydroxynaphthalen-1-yl)methyl]naphthalen-2-ol Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(CC3=C4C=CC=CC4=CC=C3O)=C(O)C=CC2=C1 ZPANWZBSGMDWON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-tetrazole Substances C=1N=NNN=1 KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SDQJTWBNWQABLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-quinazoline-2,4-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NC(=O)NC2=C1 SDQJTWBNWQABLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JAAIPIWKKXCNOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-tetrazol-1-ium-5-thiolate Chemical class SC1=NN=NN1 JAAIPIWKKXCNOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLCOQBODWBFTDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-triazol-1-ium-4-thiolate Chemical class SC1=CNN=N1 LLCOQBODWBFTDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FITNPEDFWSPOMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydrotriazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-one Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2NN=NC2=N1 FITNPEDFWSPOMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZYDKJOUEPFKMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydroxybenzenesulfonic acid Chemical class OC1=CC=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=C1O VZYDKJOUEPFKMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKEGGSPWBGCPNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dihydroxy-5-methyl-3-(piperidin-1-ylamino)cyclopent-2-en-1-one Chemical compound O=C1C(C)(O)CC(NN2CCCCC2)=C1O ZKEGGSPWBGCPNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LZFZQYNTEZSWCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dibutyl-4-methylphenol Chemical compound CCCCC1=CC(C)=CC(CCCC)=C1O LZFZQYNTEZSWCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VXHYVVAUHMGCEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-hydroxyphenoxy)phenol Chemical class OC1=CC=CC=C1OC1=CC=CC=C1O VXHYVVAUHMGCEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLDLRWQLBOJPEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-hydroxyphenyl)sulfanylphenol Chemical class OC1=CC=CC=C1SC1=CC=CC=C1O BLDLRWQLBOJPEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRCQMXHPNJVPJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(tribromomethylsulfonyl)pyridine Chemical compound BrC(Br)(Br)S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=N1 FRCQMXHPNJVPJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RJEZJMMMHHDWFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(tribromomethylsulfonyl)quinoline Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(S(=O)(=O)C(Br)(Br)Br)=CC=C21 RJEZJMMMHHDWFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZKXQQSFNFJFSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[2-hydroxy-3-[(2-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)methyl]-5-methylphenyl]methyl]-4,6-dimethylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(O)C(CC=2C(=C(CC=3C(=C(C)C=C(C)C=3)O)C=C(C)C=2)O)=C1 VZKXQQSFNFJFSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSRNXUDNLCWQRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzyl-6-butyl-4-methylphenol Chemical compound CCCCC1=CC(C)=CC(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1O RSRNXUDNLCWQRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VWSWIUTWLQJWQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-6-[(3-butyl-2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)methyl]-4-methylphenol Chemical compound CCCCC1=CC(C)=CC(CC=2C(=C(CCCC)C=C(C)C=2)O)=C1O VWSWIUTWLQJWQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FLFWJIBUZQARMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-mercapto-1,3-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC(S)=NC2=C1 FLFWJIBUZQARMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VUFOGMWXSIEJCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-5-(tribromomethylsulfonyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole Chemical compound CC1=NN=C(S(=O)(=O)C(Br)(Br)Br)S1 VUFOGMWXSIEJCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GHNLJDPNIAIWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-1$l^{6},2-benzothiazine 1,1-dioxide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)NC=CC2=C1 GHNLJDPNIAIWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMLFRMDBDNHMRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-1,2-benzoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CNOC2=C1 CMLFRMDBDNHMRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IBWXIFXUDGADCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-benzotriazole;silver Chemical compound [Ag].C1=CC=C2NN=NC2=C1 IBWXIFXUDGADCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IHXWECHPYNPJRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxycyclobut-2-en-1-one Chemical compound OC1=CC(=O)C1 IHXWECHPYNPJRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZCRURIZWYQWNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)-2h-phthalazin-1-one Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C(=O)NN=C1C(C=C1)=CC=C1C1CCCCC1 WZCRURIZWYQWNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MILWJKLIXYKTIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-pentylphenyl)-2h-phthalazin-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCCC)=CC=C1C1=NNC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C12 MILWJKLIXYKTIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWIYBOJLSWJGKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-1,3-dihydrobenzimidazole-2-thione Chemical compound CC1=CC=C2NC(S)=NC2=C1 CWIYBOJLSWJGKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ULUPECZWKSBPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6,7-dimethoxy-2h-phthalazin-1-one Chemical compound C1=NNC(=O)C2=C1C=C(OC)C(OC)=C2 ULUPECZWKSBPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001479434 Agfa Species 0.000 description 1
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical group [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BKGOEKOJWMSNRX-UHFFFAOYSA-L C(C1(C)C(C)(C)C(C(=O)[O-])CC1)(=O)[O-].[Ag+2] Chemical compound C(C1(C)C(C)(C)C(C(=O)[O-])CC1)(=O)[O-].[Ag+2] BKGOEKOJWMSNRX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010073306 Exposure to radiation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NVXLIZQNSVLKPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glucosereductone Chemical compound O=CC(O)C=O NVXLIZQNSVLKPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical class Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000000996 L-ascorbic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WSMYVTOQOOLQHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malondialdehyde Chemical class O=CCC=O WSMYVTOQOOLQHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGJKQDOBUOMPEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N'-dimethylurea Chemical compound CNC(=O)NC MGJKQDOBUOMPEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000459 Nitrile rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001328 Polyvinylidene chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021607 Silver chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ULUAUXLGCMPNKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfobutanedioic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CC(C(O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O ULUAUXLGCMPNKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001061127 Thione Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000009298 Trigla lyra Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000001015 X-ray lithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- KGBBDBRJXGILTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxy)-2,2-bis(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propyl] 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC(COC(=O)C(C)=C)(COC(=O)C(C)=C)COC(=O)C(C)=C KGBBDBRJXGILTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JXFDPVZHNNCRKT-TYYBGVCCSA-L [Ag+2].[O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O Chemical compound [Ag+2].[O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O JXFDPVZHNNCRKT-TYYBGVCCSA-L 0.000 description 1
- SJOOOZPMQAWAOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Ag].BrCl Chemical compound [Ag].BrCl SJOOOZPMQAWAOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000000475 acetylene derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007754 air knife coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910001963 alkali metal nitrate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005157 alkyl carboxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001454 anthracenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 1
- SARKQAUWTBDBIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azane;2-carbamoylbenzoic acid Chemical class [NH4+].NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O SARKQAUWTBDBIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008366 benzophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzopyrazine Natural products N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazole Chemical class C1=CC=C2N[N][N]C2=C1 QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012964 benzotriazole Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001565 benzotriazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000005130 benzoxazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052797 bismuth Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N bismuth atom Chemical compound [Bi] JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007844 bleaching agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- MTAZNLWOLGHBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N butadiene-styrene rubber Chemical compound C=CC=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 MTAZNLWOLGHBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052792 caesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- TVFDJXOCXUVLDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N caesium atom Chemical compound [Cs] TVFDJXOCXUVLDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001622 calcium bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WGEFECGEFUFIQW-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium dibromide Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Br-].[Br-] WGEFECGEFUFIQW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005518 carboxamido group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006217 cellulose acetate butyrate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GWXLDORMOJMVQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cerium Chemical compound [Ce] GWXLDORMOJMVQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012822 chemical development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013626 chemical specie Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000975 co-precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002508 contact lithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000332 coumarinyl group Chemical class O1C(=O)C(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229920006037 cross link polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007766 curtain coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001923 cyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000000326 densiometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002059 diagnostic imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000664 diazo group Chemical group [N-]=[N+]=[*] 0.000 description 1
- 150000001991 dicarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005442 diisocyanate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003618 dip coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- BULYQPQVGJVSJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl(sulfanylidene)-lambda5-phosphane Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1P(=S)C1=CC=CC=C1 BULYQPQVGJVSJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFOSIXZFDONLBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N divinyl sulfone Chemical class C=CS(=O)(=O)C=C AFOSIXZFDONLBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000006575 electron-withdrawing group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011066 ex-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007765 extrusion coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002313 fluoropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002343 gold Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- CBMIPXHVOVTTTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold(3+) Chemical compound [Au+3] CBMIPXHVOVTTTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001600 hydrophobic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000004679 hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002443 hydroxylamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920003063 hydroxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940031574 hydroxymethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JJIKCECWEYPAGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N icosanoic acid;silver Chemical compound [Ag].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O JJIKCECWEYPAGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001502 inorganic halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940079865 intestinal antiinfectives imidazole derivative Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011872 intimate mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000831 ionic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001282 iso-butane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940049918 linoleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006249 magnetic particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009607 mammography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000691 measurement method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000155 melt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002734 metacrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FQPSGWSUVKBHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methacrylamide Chemical compound CC(=C)C(N)=O FQPSGWSUVKBHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005395 methacrylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IBKQQKPQRYUGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl gallate Natural products CC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 IBKQQKPQRYUGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- BWJFEONZAZSPSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-amino-n-(4-methylphenyl)formamide Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(N(N)C=O)C=C1 BWJFEONZAZSPSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002159 nanocrystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004971 nitroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006911 nucleation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003791 organic solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001741 organic sulfur group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical group [SiH3]* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000399 orthopedic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003921 particle size analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002239 polyacrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005596 polymer binder Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002491 polymer binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019422 polyvinyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 1
- NDGRWYRVNANFNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazolidin-3-one Chemical class O=C1CCNN1 NDGRWYRVNANFNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003219 pyrazolines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940079877 pyrogallol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920005604 random copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002910 rare earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052703 rhodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010948 rhodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodium atom Chemical compound [Rh] MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052701 rubidium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- IGLNJRXAVVLDKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N rubidium atom Chemical compound [Rb] IGLNJRXAVVLDKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DUIOPKIIICUYRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N semicarbazide Chemical class NNC(N)=O DUIOPKIIICUYRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002050 silicone resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- IZXSLAZMYLIILP-ODZAUARKSA-M silver (Z)-4-hydroxy-4-oxobut-2-enoate Chemical compound [Ag+].OC(=O)\C=C/C([O-])=O IZXSLAZMYLIILP-ODZAUARKSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940100890 silver compound Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003379 silver compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HKZLPVFGJNLROG-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver monochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Ag+] HKZLPVFGJNLROG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- SQGYOTSLMSWVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver(I) nitrate Inorganic materials [Ag+].[O-]N(=O)=O SQGYOTSLMSWVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YRSQDSCQMOUOKO-KVVVOXFISA-M silver;(z)-octadec-9-enoate Chemical compound [Ag+].CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC([O-])=O YRSQDSCQMOUOKO-KVVVOXFISA-M 0.000 description 1
- CLDWGXZGFUNWKB-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver;benzoate Chemical compound [Ag+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 CLDWGXZGFUNWKB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JKOCEVIXVMBKJA-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver;butanoate Chemical compound [Ag+].CCCC([O-])=O JKOCEVIXVMBKJA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OIZSSBDNMBMYFL-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver;decanoate Chemical compound [Ag+].CCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O OIZSSBDNMBMYFL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- MNMYRUHURLPFQW-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver;dodecanoate Chemical compound [Ag+].CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O MNMYRUHURLPFQW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GXBIBRDOPVAJRX-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver;furan-2-carboxylate Chemical compound [Ag+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CO1 GXBIBRDOPVAJRX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- LTYHQUJGIQUHMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver;hexadecanoate Chemical compound [Ag+].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O LTYHQUJGIQUHMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ORYURPRSXLUCSS-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver;octadecanoate Chemical compound [Ag+].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O ORYURPRSXLUCSS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OHGHHPYRRURLHR-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver;tetradecanoate Chemical compound [Ag+].CCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O OHGHHPYRRURLHR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000004513 sizing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004079 stearyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N stilbene Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011115 styrene butadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005504 styryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960002317 succinimide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004964 sulfoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001897 terpolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001931 thermography Methods 0.000 description 1
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical class NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003585 thioureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000115 thoracic cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- DWWMSEANWMWMCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tribromomethylsulfonylbenzene Chemical compound BrC(Br)(Br)S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DWWMSEANWMWMCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOPDZQBPOWAEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-H tristrontium;diphosphate Chemical class [Sr+2].[Sr+2].[Sr+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O JOPDZQBPOWAEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003672 ureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920006163 vinyl copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052724 xenon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical compound [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940102001 zinc bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03C—PHOTOSENSITIVE MATERIALS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC PURPOSES; PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES, e.g. CINE, X-RAY, COLOUR, STEREO-PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES; AUXILIARY PROCESSES IN PHOTOGRAPHY
- G03C1/00—Photosensitive materials
- G03C1/494—Silver salt compositions other than silver halide emulsions; Photothermographic systems ; Thermographic systems using noble metal compounds
- G03C1/498—Photothermographic systems, e.g. dry silver
- G03C1/49809—Organic silver compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C11—ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
- C11C—FATTY ACIDS FROM FATS, OILS OR WAXES; CANDLES; FATS, OILS OR FATTY ACIDS BY CHEMICAL MODIFICATION OF FATS, OILS, OR FATTY ACIDS OBTAINED THEREFROM
- C11C1/00—Preparation of fatty acids from fats, fatty oils, or waxes; Refining the fatty acids
- C11C1/02—Preparation of fatty acids from fats, fatty oils, or waxes; Refining the fatty acids from fats or fatty oils
- C11C1/025—Preparation of fatty acids from fats, fatty oils, or waxes; Refining the fatty acids from fats or fatty oils by saponification and release of fatty acids
Definitions
- Silver-containing direct thermographic and photothermographic imaging materials that is, thermally developable imaging materials
- heat and without liquid processing have been known in the art for many years.
- Silver-containing direct thermographic imaging materials are non-photosensitive materials that are used in a recording process wherein images are generated by the direct application of thermal energy and in the absence of a processing solvent. These materials generally comprise a support having disposed thereon (a) a relatively or completely non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions, (b) a reducing composition (acting as a black-and-white silver developer) for the reducible silver ions, and (c) a suitable binder.
- Thermographic materials are sometimes called "direct thermal" materials in the art because they are directly imaged by a source of thermal energy without any transfer of the image or image- forming materials to another element (such as in thermal dye transfer).
- the image-forming thermographic layers comprise non-photosensitive reducible silver salts of long chain fatty acids.
- a preferred non-photosensitive reducible silver source is a silver salt of a long chain aliphatic carboxylic acid having from 10 to 30 carbon atoms, such as behenic acid or mixtures of acids of similar molecular weight.
- the silver of the silver carboxylate is reduced by a reducing agent for silver ion (also known as a developer), whereby elemental silver is formed.
- Preferred reducing agents include methyl gallate, hydroquinone, substituted- hydroquinones, hindered phenols, catechols, pyrogallol, ascorbic acid, and ascorbic acid derivatives.
- thermographic constructions are imaged by contacting them with the thermal head of a thermographic recording apparatus such as a thermal print-head of a thermal printer or thermal facsimile.
- a thermographic recording apparatus such as a thermal print-head of a thermal printer or thermal facsimile.
- an anti-stick layer is coated on top of the imaging layer to prevent sticking of the thermographic construction to the thermal head of the apparatus utilized.
- the resulting thermographic construction is then heated imagewise to an elevated temperature, typically in the range of from about 60 to about 225°C, resulting in the formation of a black-and-white image of silver.
- Silver-containing photothermographic imaging materials that is, photosensitive thermally developable imaging materials
- Such materials are used in a recording process wherein an image is formed by imagewise exposure of the photothermographic material to specific electromagnetic radiation (for example, X-radiation, or ultraviolet, visible, or infrared radiation) and developed by the use of thermal energy.
- specific electromagnetic radiation for example, X-radiation, or ultraviolet, visible, or infrared radiation
- dry silver materials generally comprise a support having coated thereon: (a) a photocatalyst (that is, a photosensitive compound such as silver halide) that upon such exposure provides a latent image in exposed grains that are capable of acting as a catalyst for the subsequent formation of a silver image in a development step, (b) a relatively or completely non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions, (c) a reducing composition (acting as a developer) for the reducible silver ions, and (d) a binder.
- a photocatalyst that is, a photosensitive compound such as silver halide
- the reducing agent for the reducible silver ions may be any compound that, in the presence of the latent image, can reduce silver ion to metallic silver and is preferably of relatively low activity until it is heated to a temperature sufficient to cause the reaction.
- a wide variety of classes of compounds have been disclosed in the literature that function as reducing agents for photothermographic materials.
- the reducible silver ions are reduced by the reducing agent. This reaction occurs preferentially in the regions surrounding the latent image and produces a negative image of metallic silver having a color that ranges from yellow to deep black depending upon the presence of toning agents and other components in the photothermographic imaging layer(s). Differences Between Photothermography and Photography:
- Photothermographic materials differ significantly from conventional silver halide photographic materials that require processing with aqueous processing solutions.
- photothermographic imaging materials In photothermographic imaging materials, a visible image is created in the absence of a processing solvent by heat as a result of the reaction of a reducing agent incorporated within the material. Heating at 50°C or more is essential for this dry development. In contrast, conventional photographic imaging materials require processing in aqueous processing baths at more moderate temperatures (from 30°C to 50°C) to provide a visible image.
- photothermographic materials only a small amount of silver halide is used to capture light and a non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions (for example, a silver carboxylate or a silver benzotriazole) is used to generate the visible image using thermal development.
- a non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions for example, a silver carboxylate or a silver benzotriazole
- the imaged photosensitive silver halide serves as a catalyst for the physical development process involving the non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions and the incorporated reducing agent.
- conventional wet-processed, black-and- white photographic materials use only one form of silver (that is, silver halide) that, upon chemical development, is itself at least partially converted into the silver image, or that upon physical development requires addition of an external silver source (or other reducible metal ions that form black images upon reduction to the corresponding metal).
- photothermographic materials require an amount of silver halide per unit area that is only a fraction of that used in conventional wet-processe
- photothermographic materials all of the "chemistry" for imaging is incorporated within the material itself.
- a reducing agent that is, a developer for the reducible silver ions
- conventional photographic materials usually do not.
- the incorporation of the reducing agent into photothermographic materials can lead to increased formation of various types of "fog” or other undesirable sensitometric side effects.
- the unexposed silver halide generally remains intact after development and the material must be stabilized against further imaging and development.
- silver halide is removed from conventional photographic materials after solution development to prevent further imaging (that is in the aqueous fixing step).
- photothermographic materials require dry thermal processing, they present distinctly different problems and require different materials in manufacture and use, compared to conventional, wet-processed silver halide photographic materials.
- Additives that have one effect in conventional silver halide photographic materials may behave quite differently when incorporated in photothermographic materials where the underlying chemistry is significantly more complex.
- the incorporation of such additives as, for example, stabilizers, antifoggants, speed enhancers, supersensitizers, and spectral and chemical sensitizers in conventional photographic materials is not predictive of whether such additives will prove beneficial or detrimental in photothermographic materials.
- a photographic antifoggant useful in conventional photographic materials to cause various types of fog when incorporated into photothermographic materials, or for supersensitizers that are effective in photographic materials to be inactive in photothermographic materials.
- thermographic materials are both thermographic and photothermographic materials. While the following discussion will primarily be directed to the preferred photothermographic embodiments employing silver halide/silver carboxylate soaps prepared by the methods described herein, it would be readily understood by one skilled in the art that thermographic materials can be similarly constructed and used to provide black- and-white or color images using appropriate imaging chemistry, the silver carboxylate soaps prepared by the methods described herein, reducing agents, toners, binders, and other components known to a skilled artisan. In both thermographic and photothermographic materials, the silver carboxylate soaps (and the silver halide/silver carboxylate soaps when used in photothermographic materials) are in reactive association with the reducing agent.
- the photothermographic materials prepared using the silver halide/silver carboxylate soaps prepared by the methods described herein can be used in black-and-white or color photothermography and in electronically generated black-and-white or color hardcopy recording. They can be used in microfilm applications, in radiographic imaging (for example digital medical imaging), X-ray radiography, and in industrial radiography. Furthermore, the absorbance of these materials between 350 and 450 nm is desirably low (less than 0.5), to permit their use in the graphic arts area (for example, image-setting and phototype- setting), in the manufacture of printing plates, in contact printing, in duplicating ("duping"), and in proofing. Black-and-white imaging is particularly preferred.
- the photothermographic materials are particularly useful for imaging of human or animal subjects in response to, X-radiation, ultraviolet, visible, or infrared radiation for use in a medical diagnosis.
- Such applications include, but are not limited to, thoracic imaging, mammography, dental imaging, orthopedic imaging, general medical radiography, therapeutic radiography, veterinary radiography, and autoradiography.
- the photothermographic materials may be used in combination with one or more phosphor intensifying screens, with phosphors incorporated within the photothermographic emulsion, or with combinations thereof.
- Such materials are particularly useful for dental radiography when they are directly imaged by
- the materials are also useful for non-medical uses of X-radiation such as X-ray lithography and industrial radiography.
- the photothermographic materials can be made sensitive to radiation of any suitable wavelength.
- the materials are sensitive at ultraviolet, visible, infrared, or near infrared wavelengths, of the electromagnetic spectrum.
- the materials are sensitive to radiation greater than 600 nm (and preferably sensitive to infrared radiation from about 700 up to about 950 nm). Increased sensitivity to a particular region of the spectrum is imparted through the use of various spectral sensitizing dyes.
- the components needed for imaging can be in one or more photothermographic imaging layers on one side ("frontside") of the support.
- the layer(s) that contain the photosensitive photo- catalyst (such as a photosensitive silver halide) or non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions, or both, are referred to herein as photothermographic emulsion layer(s).
- the photocatalyst and the non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions are in catalytic proximity and preferably are in the same emulsion layer.
- photothermographic materials contain imaging layers on one side of the support only
- various non-imaging layers are usually disposed on the "backside" (non-emulsion or non-imaging side) of the materials, including conductive/antistatic layers, antihalation layers, protective layers, and transport enabling layers.
- non-imaging layers can also be disposed on the "frontside" or imaging or emulsion side of the support, including protective frontside overcoat layers, primer layers, interlay ers, opacifying layers, conductive/antistatic layers, antihalation layers, acutance layers, auxiliary layers, and other layers readily apparent to one skilled in the art.
- the photothermographic materials be "double-sided” or “duplitized” and have the same or different photothermographic coatings (or imaging layers) on both sides of the support.
- each side can also include one or more protective overcoat layers, primer layers, interlay ers, acutance layers, conductive/antistatic layers auxiliary layers, anti-crossover layers, and other layers readily apparent to one skilled in the art, as well as the required conductive layer(s).
- a silver image (preferably a black-and-white silver image) is obtained.
- an component refers to "at least one" of that component [for example, the silver halide/silver carboxylate soaps described herein].
- black-and-white preferably refers to an image formed by silver metal, as opposed to an image formed using a combination of dyes or color couplers.
- substantially water-free condition means heating at a temperature of from about 50°C to about 250°C with little more than ambient water vapor present.
- substantially water-free condition means that the reaction system is approximately in equilibrium with water in the air and water or any other solvent for inducing or promoting the reaction is not particularly or positively supplied from the exterior to the material. Such a condition is described in T. H. James, The Theory of the Photographic Process, Fourth Edition, Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, NY, 1977, p. 374.
- Photothermographic material(s) means a dry processable integral element comprising a support and at least one photothermographic emulsion layer or a photothermographic set of emulsion layers (wherein the silver halide/silver carboxylate soap is in one layer and the other necessary components or additives are distributed, as desired, in the same layer or in an adjacent coated layer).
- These materials also include multilayer constructions in which one or more imaging components are in different layers, but are in "reactive association”.
- one layer can include the silver halide/silver carboxylate soap and another layer can include the reducing agent (or reducing agent combination) and, but the two reactive components are in reactive association with each other.
- integrated we mean that all imaging chemistry required for imaging is in the material without diffusion of imaging chemistry or reaction products (such as a dye) from or to another element (such as a receiver element).
- imagewise exposure means that the material is imaged as a dry processable material using any exposure means that provides a latent image using electro- magnetic radiation. This includes, for example, by analog exposure where an image is formed by projection onto the photosensitive material as well as by digital exposure where the image is formed one pixel at a time such as by modulation of scanning laser radiation.
- emulsion layer means a layer of a photothermographic material that contains the photosensitive silver halide and non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions (i.e., the silver halide/silver carboxylate soap). Such layers can also contain additional components or desirable additives. These layers are on what is referred to as the "frontside" of the support.
- Photocatalyst means a photosensitive compound such as silver halide that, upon exposure to radiation, provides a compound that is capable of acting as a catalyst for the subsequent development of the image-forming material.
- Catalytic proximity or “reactive association” means that the reactive components are in the same layer or in adjacent layers so that they readily come into contact with each other during imaging and thermal development.
- “Simultaneous coating” or “wet-on-wet” coating means that when multiple layers are coated, subsequent layers are coated onto the initially coated layer before the initially coated layer is dry. Simultaneous coating can be used to apply layers on the frontside, backside, or both sides of the support.
- Transparent means capable of transmitting visible light or imaging radiation without appreciable scattering or absorption.
- alkali metal refers to group I-A of the periodic table and includes lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, and cesium. Because its chemical properties are similar to those of alkali metals, ammonium (NH 4 + ) will be considered herein as an alkali metal.
- alkali metal salts and alkali metal hydroxides are the salts and hydroxides of these metals and ammonium.
- silver salt and "organic silver salt” refer to an organic molecule having a bond to a silver atom. Although the compounds so formed are technically silver coordination complexes or silver compounds they are also often referred to as silver salts.
- aryl group refers to an organic group derived from an aromatic hydrocarbon or heterocyclic compound by removal of one atom, such as a phenyl group formed by removal of one hydrogen atom from benzene.
- aromatic and aryl are meant to include both carbocyclic and heterocyclic aromatic groups.
- Standard Efficiency is defined as Dmax divided by the total silver coating weight in units of g/m .
- buried layer means that there is at least one other layer disposed over the layer (such as a "buried" backside conductive layer).
- coating weight is synonymous, and are usually expressed in weight or moles per unit area such as g/m 2 or mol/m 2.
- Ultraviolet region of the spectrum refers to that region of the spectrum less than or equal to 400 nm (preferably from about 100 nm to about 400 nm) although parts of these ranges may be visible to the naked human eye.
- Vehicle region of the spectrum refers to that region of the spectrum of from about 400 nm to about 700 nm.
- Short wavelength visible region of the spectrum refers to that region of the spectrum of from about 400 nm to about 450 nm.
- Red region of the spectrum refers to that region of the spectrum of from about 600 nm to about 700 nm.
- Infrared region of the spectrum refers to that region of the spectrum of from about 700 nm to about 1400 nm.
- Non-photosensitive means not intentionally light sensitive.
- the sensitometric terms "photospeed”, “speed”, or “photographic speed” (also known as sensitivity), absorbance, and contrast have conventional definitions known in the imaging arts.
- the sensitometric term absorbance is another term for optical density (OD).
- Speed-1 is Logl/E + 4 corresponding to the density value of 0.25 above Dmin where E is the exposure in ergs/cm .
- Speed-2 is Logl/E + 4 corresponding to the density value of 1.0 above Dmin where E is the exposure in ergs/cm .
- Speed-3 is Logl/E + 4 corresponding to the density value of 2.9 above Dmin where E is the exposure in ergs/cm .
- AC-1 Average Contrast- 1
- Dmin lower case
- Dmax lower case
- DMIN upper case
- DMAX upper case
- DMAX maximum image density achievable when the photothermographic material is exposed and then thermally developed. DMAX is also known as "Saturation Density”.
- alkyl group refers to chemical species that may be substituted as well as those that are not so substituted.
- alkyl group is intended to include not only pure hydrocarbon alkyl chains, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-butyl, cyclohexyl, z ' so-octyl, and octadecyl, but also alkyl chains bearing substituents known in the art, such as hydroxyl, alkoxy, phenyl, halogen atoms (F, CI, Br, and I), cyano, nitro, amino, and carboxy.
- alkyl group includes ether and thioether groups (for example
- photothermographic materials include one or more photocatalysts in the photothermographic emulsion layer(s).
- Useful photo- catalysts are typically photosensitive silver halides such as silver bromide, silver iodide, silver chloride, silver bromoiodide, silver chlorobromoiodide, silver chlorobromide, and others readily apparent to one skilled in the art. Mixtures of silver halides can also be used in any suitable proportion. Silver bromide and silver iodide are preferred. More preferred is silver bromoiodide in which any suitable amount of iodide is present up to almost 100% silver iodide and more likely up to about 40 mol % silver iodide.
- the silver bromoiodide comprises at least 70 mole % (preferably at least 85 mole % and more preferably at least 90 mole %) bromide (based on total silver halide).
- the remainder of the halide is iodide, chloride, or chloride and iodide.
- the additional halide is iodide.
- Silver bromide and silver bromoiodide are preferred, with the latter silver halide generally having up to 10 mole % silver iodide.
- higher amounts of iodide may be present in homogeneous photosensitive silver halide grains, and particularly from about 20 mol % up to the saturation limit of iodide as described, for example, U.S. Patent Application Publication 2004/0053173 (Maskasky et al.).
- the silver halide grains may have any crystalline habit or morphology including, but not limited to, cubic, octahedral, tetrahedral, orthorhombic, rhombic, dodecahedral, other polyhedral, tabular, laminar, twinned, or platelet morphologies and may have epitaxial growth of crystals thereon. If desired, a mixture of grains with different morphologies can be employed. Silver halide grains having cubic and tabular morphology (or both) are preferred.
- the silver halide grains may have a uniform ratio of halide throughout. They may also have a graded halide content, with a continuously varying ratio of, for example, silver bromide and silver iodide or they may be of the core- shell type, having a discrete core of one or more silver halides, and a discrete shell of one or more different silver halides.
- Core-shell silver halide grains useful in photothermographic materials and methods of preparing these materials are described in U.S. Patent 5,382,504 (Shor et al.).
- Iridium and/or copper doped core-shell and non-core-shell grains are described in U.S. Patents 5,434,043 (Zou et al.) and 5,939,249 (Zou).
- the photosensitive silver halide can be added to (or formed within) the emulsion layer(s) in any fashion as long as it is placed in catalytic proximity to the non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions.
- the silver halides be preformed and prepared by an ex-situ process.
- this technique one has the possibility of more precisely controlling the grain size, grain size distribution, dopant levels, and composition of the silver halide, so that one can impart more specific properties to both the silver halide grains and the resulting photothermographic material.
- the predominant amount of the non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions is formed in the presence of ex-situ-prepared silver halide.
- the source of reducible silver ions such as a long chain fatty acid silver carboxylate (commonly referred to as a silver "soap" or homogenate)
- a silver "soap" or homogenate is formed in the presence of the preformed silver halide grains.
- Co-precipitation of the source of reducible silver ions in the presence of silver halide provides a more intimate mixture of the two materials to provide a material often referred to as a
- preformed soap [see U.S. Patent 3,839,049 (Simons)].
- a portion of the preformed silver halide grains may be added to and "physically mixed" with the non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions.
- Preformed silver halide emulsions can be prepared by aqueous or organic processes and can be unwashed or washed to remove soluble salts.
- Soluble salts can be removed by any desired procedure for example as described in U.S. Patents 2,489,341 (Waller et al.), 2,565,418 (Yackel), 2,614,928 (Yutzy et al.), 2,618,556 (Hewitson et al.), and 3,241,969 (Hart et al.).
- a halide- or a halogen-containing compound is added to an organic silver salt to partially convert a portion of the silver of the organic silver salt to silver halide.
- Inorganic halides such as zinc bromide, zinc iodide, calcium bromide, lithium bromide, lithium iodide, or mixtures thereof
- an organic halogen-containing compound such as N-bromosuccinimide or pyridinium hydrobromide perbromide
- the preformed silver halide is preferably present in a preformed soap prepared by the methods described herein.
- the silver halide grains used in the imaging formulations can vary in average diameter of up to several micrometers ( ⁇ ) depending on the desired use.
- Preferred silver halide grains for use in preformed emulsions containing silver carboxylates are cubic grains having a number average particle size of from about 0.01 to about 1.0 um, more preferred are those having a number average particle size of from about 0.03 to about 0.1 um. It is even more preferred that the grains have a number average particle size of 0.06 ⁇ or less, and preferred that they have a number average particle size of from about 0.03 to about 0.06 um. Mixtures of grains of various average particle size can also be used.
- Preferred silver halide grains for high-speed photothermographic constructions use are tabular grains having an average thickness of at least 0.02 ⁇ and up to and including 0.10 ⁇ , an equivalent circular diameter of at least 0.5 ⁇ and up to and including 8 ⁇ and an aspect ratio of at least 5: 1. More preferred are those having an average thickness of at least 0.03 ⁇ and up to and including 0.08 ⁇ , an equivalent circular diameter of at least 0.75 ⁇ and up to and including 6 ⁇ and an aspect ratio of at least 10: 1.
- the average size of the photosensitive silver halide grains is expressed by the average diameter if the grains are spherical, and by the average of the diameters of equivalent circles for the projected images if the grains are cubic or in other non-spherical shapes.
- Representative grain sizing methods are described in Particle Size Analysis, ASTM Symposium on Light Microscopy, R. P. Loveland, 1955, pp. 94-122, and in C. E. K. Mees and T. H. James, The Theory of the Photographic Process, Third Edition, Macmillan, New York, 1966, Chapter 2.
- Particle size measurements may be expressed in terms of the projected areas of grains or approximations of their diameters. These will provide reasonably accurate results if the grains of interest are substantially uniform in shape.
- the one or more light-sensitive silver halides are preferably present in an amount of from about 0.005 to about 0.5 mole, more preferably from about 0.01 to about 0.25 mole, and preferably from about 0.03 to about 0.15 mole, per mole of non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions.
- the photosensitive silver halides can be chemically sensitized using any useful compound that contains sulfur, tellurium, or selenium, or may comprise a compound containing gold, platinum, palladium, ruthenium, rhodium, iridium, or combinations thereof, a reducing agent such as a tin halide or a combination of any of these.
- a useful compound that contains sulfur, tellurium, or selenium or may comprise a compound containing gold, platinum, palladium, ruthenium, rhodium, iridium, or combinations thereof, a reducing agent such as a tin halide or a combination of any of these.
- a reducing agent such as a tin halide or a combination of any of these.
- the chemical sensitizers can be present in conventional amounts that generally depend upon the average size of the silver halide grains. Generally, the total amount is at least 10 "10 mole per mole of total silver, and preferably from about 10 - " 8 to about 10 - " 2 mole per mole of total silver for silver halide grains having an average size of from about 0.01 to about 1 ⁇ .
- the photosensitive silver halides may be spectrally sensitized with one or more spectral sensitizing dyes that are known to enhance silver halide sensitivity to ultraviolet, visible, and/or infrared radiation (that is, sensitivity within the range of from about 300 to about 1400 nm). It is preferred that the photosensitive silver halide be sensitized to infrared radiation (that is from about 700 to about 950 nm).
- Non-limiting examples of spectral sensitizing dyes that can be employed include cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, complex cyanine dyes, complex merocyanine dyes, holopolar cyanine dyes, hemicyanine dyes, styryl dyes, and hemioxanol dyes. They may be added at any stage in the preparation of the photothermographic emulsion, but are generally added after chemical sensitization is achieved.
- Suitable spectral sensitizing dyes such as those described in U.S. Patents 3,719,495 (Lea), 4,396,712 (Kinoshita et al.), 4,439,520 (Kofron et al.), 4,690,883 (Kubodera et al.), 4,840,882 (Iwagaki et al.), 5,064,753 (Kohno et al.), 5,281,515 (Delprato et al.), 5,393,654 (Burrows et al.), 5,441,866 (Miller et al.), 5,508,162 (Dankosh), 5,510,236 (Dankosh), and 5,541,054 (Miller et al.), Japan Kokai 2000-063690 (Tanaka et al.), 2000-112054 (Fukusaka et al.), 2000-273329 (Tanaka et al.), 2001-005145 (Arai), 2001-0645
- spectral sensitizing dyes are also described in Research Disclosure, December 1989, item 308119, Section IV and Research Disclosure, 1994, item 36544, section V. Specific combinations of spectral sensitizing dyes are shown in U.S. Patents 4,581,329 (Sugimoto et al.), 4,582,786 (Ikeda et al.), 4,609,621 (Sugimoto et al.), 4,675,279 (Shuto et al.), 4,678,741 (Yamada et al.), 4,720,451 (Shuto et al.), 4,818,675 (Miyasaka et al.), 4,945,036 (Arai et al.), and 4,952,491 (Nishikawa et al.).
- spectral sensitizing dyes that decolorize by the action of light or heat as described in U.S. Patent 4,524,128 (Edwards et al.) and Japanese Kokai 2001-109101 (Adachi), 2001-154305 (Kita et al.), and
- Dyes and other compounds may be selected for the purpose of supersensitization to attain much higher sensitivity than the sum of sensitivities that can be achieved by using a sensitizer alone. Examples of such
- supersensitizers include the metal chelating compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,873,184 (Simpson), the large cyclic compounds featuring a heteroatom disclosed in U.S. Patent 6,475,710 (Kudo et al.), the stilbene compounds disclosed in EP 0 821 271 (Uytterhoeven et al.).
- An appropriate amount of spectral sensitizing dye added is generally about 10 - " 10 to 10- “ 1 mole, and preferably, about 10 - " 7 to 10- “ 2 mole per mole of silver halide.
- the non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions in the thermally developable materials is a silver-organic compound that contains reducible silver(I) ions.
- Such compounds are generally silver salts of silver organic coordinating ligands that are comparatively stable to light and form a silver image when heated to 50°C or higher in the presence of an exposed photocatalyst (such as silver halide), and a reducing agent composition.
- the primary organic silver salt is a silver salt of a long chain aliphatic carboxylic acid (prepared as described herein). Mixtures of silver salts of such aliphatic carboxylic acids are particularly useful where the mixture includes at least silver behenate.
- the carboxylic acids from which these silver salts are prepared are also often referred to as "fatty carboxylic acids” or “long chain fatty carboxylic acids", or long chain carboxylates.
- Useful silver carboxylates include silver salts of long-chain aliphatic carboxylic acids.
- the aliphatic carboxylic acids generally have aliphatic chains that contain 10 to 30, and preferably 15 to 28, carbon atoms.
- Examples of such preferred silver salts include silver behenate, silver arachidate, silver stearate, silver oleate, silver laurate, silver caprate, silver myristate, silver palmitate, silver maleate, silver fumarate, silver tartarate, silver furoate, silver linoleate, silver butyrate, silver camphorate, and mixtures thereof.
- at least silver behenate is used alone or in mixtures with other silver carboxylates.
- These silver salts are often referred to as “silver salts of fatty carboxylic acids", “silver salts of long chain carboxylic acids”, or more simply as “silver carboxylates”.
- Dispersions of these materials are known as "silver carboxylate soaps" or “silver soaps".
- a combination of one or more saturated long chain fatty acids and one or more unsaturated long chain fatty acids may be used as long-chain aliphatic carboxylic acids.
- the unsaturated acids may have chain lengths ranging from C 14 to C24, with from one to six unsaturated double bonds.
- the concentration of the unsaturated acids may be in the range of about 0.1 to about 10 wt % of the total amount of long-chain aliphatic carboxylic acids, or about 0.1 to about 5 wt% of the total amount of long-chain aliphatic carboxylic acids, or about 0.1 to about 2 wt % of the total amount of long-chain aliphatic carboxylic acids.
- Exemplary unsaturated long chain fatty acids are myristoleic acid, palmitoleic acid, sapienic acid, oleic acid, vaccenic acid, elaidic acid, linoleic acid, a-linolenic acid, stearidonic acid, paullinic acid, gondoic acid, dihomo-y-linoleic acid, mead acid, arachidonic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid, erucic acid, docosatetraenoic acid, dososahexaenoic acid, and nervonic acid.
- silver half soaps such as an equimolar blend of silver carboxylate and carboxylic acid that analyzes for about 14.5% by weight solids of silver in the blend.
- Such silver half-soaps can be prepared using the methods described herein.
- Silver salts other than the silver carboxylates described above can also be prepared and used as described herein.
- Such silver salts include silver salts of aliphatic carboxylic acids containing a thioether group as described in U.S. Patent 3,330,663 (Weyde et al.).
- silver salts of dicarboxylic acids silver salts of sulfonates as described in
- EP 0 227 141A1 (Leenders et al.), silver salts of aryl carboxylic acids (such as silver benzoate), silver salts of acetylenes as described, for example in U.S.
- Patents 4,761,361 (Ozaki et al.) and 4,775,613 (Hirai et al.), and silver salts of heterocyclic compounds containing mercapto or thione groups and derivatives as described in U.S. Patents 4,123,274 (Knight et al.) and 3,785,830 (Sullivan et al.).
- Additional sources of non-photosensitive reducible silver ions include the core-shell silver salts described in U.S. Patent 6,355,408 (Whitcomb et al.), the silver dimer compounds described in U.S. Patent 6,472, 131 (Whitcomb), or the silver core-shell compounds described in U.S. Patent 6,803, 177 (Bokhonov et al.).
- Still further additional sources of non-photosensitive reducible silver ions are the silver salts of compounds containing an imino group including silver salts of benzotriazole and substituted derivatives thereof, silver salts of 1,2,4-triazoles or 1-H-tetrazoles as described in U.S. Patent 4,220,709 (deMauriac), silver salts of imidazoles and imidazole derivatives as described in U.S. Patent 4,260,677 (Winslow et al.), and the silver salt-toner co-precipitated nano-crystals described in U.S Patent 7,008,748 (Hasberg et al.).
- the one or more non-photosensitive sources of reducible silver ions are preferably present in an amount of from about 5% to about 70%, and more preferably from about 10% to about 50%, based on the total dry weight of the emulsion layers.
- the amount of the sources of reducible silver ions is generally from about 0.002 to about 0.2 mol/m of the dry photo- thermographic material (preferably from about 0.01 to about 0.05 mol/m ).
- the total amount of silver (from all silver sources) in the photo- thermographic materials is generally at least 0.002 mol/m , preferably from about
- total silver from both silver halide and reducible silver salts at a coating weight of less than 2.6 g/m ,
- the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises from about 0.1 wt % to about 10 wt % unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids.
- the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises from about 0.1 wt % to about 10 wt % unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids.
- thermographic materials The silver soaps of long chain carboxylic acids prepared by the methods described herein can be used to prepare direct thermographic emulsions. Coating formulations comprising these emulsions, a binder, and a developer can be coated to prepare thermographic materials.
- this method further comprises adding preformed silver halide grains at any step in the process of preparing the silver soap of the long chain carboxylic acid to form a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap.
- the method further comprises forming a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap by the addition of silver halide grains prior to the conversion of the mixture of alkali metal salts of the long chain carboxylic acid to its silver salt.
- the silver halide grains may be added before one or more alkali metal hydroxide solutions, between the addition of two or more alkali metal hydroxide solutions, or after the addition of one or more alkali metal hydroxide solutions. It is more preferred that the silver halide grains be preformed and added after all of the alkali metal hydroxide solutions.
- the silver halide/silver carboxylate soaps prepared by the methods described herein can be used to prepare photothermo graphic emulsions. Coating formulations comprising these emulsions, a binder, and a developer can be coated to prepare photothermographic materials.
- the time between the sequential additions of the metal hydroxide solutions is not critical, but sufficient time should be allowed after the addition of the first metal hydroxide solution for the carboxylic acid to be converted to the first alkali metal salt before adding the second metal hydroxide.
- the time between additions of the metal hydroxide solutions should be between about 1 and 60 minutes and more preferably between 5 and 30 minutes, and preferably between 10 and 20 minutes.
- This method provides high yields of silver carboxylate and silver halide/silver carboxylate soaps due to the extremely low solubility of the silver soap in water.
- the precipitated silver soaps can be readily collected by filtration.
- washing with water readily removes the water soluble alkali metal nitrates formed as byproducts.
- the Krafft temperature refers to the temperature at which the solubility of a dispersion of an alkali metal soap of a long chain carboxylic acid undergoes a sharp, discontinuous increase with increasing temperature.
- the solubility of the alkali metal soap of the long chain carboxylic acid will increase slowly with an increase in temperature up to the temperature point at which the solubility exhibits an extremely sharp rise.
- the temperature corresponding to the sharp rise in solubility is the Krafft temperature.
- the alkali metal soap of the long chain carboxylic acid solution becomes a homogeneous phase.
- Most alkali metal (and ammonium) soaps of long chain carboxylic acids have a Krafft temperature below the boiling point of the solvent used for preparing the dispersion and if heated above the Krafft temperature will form a homogenous solution.
- the acid Upon heating an aqueous dispersion of long chain carboxylic acid(s) the acid melts and forms an oil-in-water dispersion of the acid. Addition of an alkali metal hydroxide forms alkali metal soap crystals of the long chain carboxylic acid. If the temperature of the dispersion is below the Krafft temperature of the alkali metal soap of the long chain carboxylic acid, the acid will be converted to its alkali metal soap. If the temperature at which the alkali metal hydroxide is added is above the Krafft temperature of the alkali metal soap of the long chain carboxylic acid, the acid will be converted to a solution of its alkali metal long chain carboxylate. Cooling below the Krafft temperature will regenerate the alkali metal soap crystals of the long chain carboxylic acid.
- the reducing agent (or reducing agent composition comprising two or more components) for the source of reducible silver ions can be any material (preferably an organic material) that can reduce silver (1+) ion to metallic silver.
- the "reducing agent” is sometimes called a "developer” or "developing agent”.
- the reducing agent composition comprises two or more components such as a hindered phenol or hindered bis-phenol developer and a co-developer that can be chosen from the various classes of co-developers and reducing agents described below.
- a hindered phenol or hindered bis-phenol developer and a co-developer that can be chosen from the various classes of co-developers and reducing agents described below.
- Ternary developer mixtures involving the further addition of contrast enhancing agents are also useful.
- Such contrast enhancing agents can be chosen from the various classes of reducing agents described below.
- Hindered phenol reducing agents are compounds that contain only one hydroxy group on a given phenyl ring and have at least one additional substituent located ortho to the hydroxy group.
- hindered phenol reducing agents is hindered phenols and hindered naphthols.
- This type of hindered phenol includes, for example, 2,6-di-i-butyl-4-methylphenol, 2,6-di-i-butyl-4-bemzylphenol 2-benzyl-4-methyl- 6-i-butylphenol, 2,4-dimethyl-6-(l'-methylcyclohexyl)phenol, and
- hindered phenol reducing agent includes hindered bis-phenols.
- "Hindered bis-phenols” contain more than one hydroxy group each of which is located on a different phenyl ring.
- This type of hindered phenol includes, for example, binaphthols (that is dihydroxybinaphthyls), biphenols (that is dihydroxybiphenyls), bis(hydroxynaphthyl)methanes, bis(hydroxyphenyl)- methanes, bis(hydroxyphenyl)ethers, bis(hydroxyphenyl)sulfones, and bis(hydroxyphenyl)thioethers, each of which may have additional substituents.
- Particularly useful hindered bis-phenol reducing agents are bis(hydroxyphenyl)methanes such as, bis(2-hydroxy-3-i-butyl-5-methyl- phenyl)methane, l,l'-bis(2-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)-3,5,5-trimethylhexane bis[2-hydroxy-3-(l-methylcyclohexyl)-5-methylphenyl)methane,
- hindered bis-phenol compounds also have at least one substituent ortho to the hydroxyl group and are often referred to as "hindered o/ /zo-bis-phenols".
- Additional useful reducing agents include bis-phenols having non-aromatic cyclic groups attached to the linking methylene group as described for example, in U.S. Patent 6,699,649 (Nishijima et al.), bis-phenols having cycloaliphatic or alkylene groups attached to the linking methylene group as described for example in U.S. Patent 7,192,695 (Sakai et al.), and bis-phenols having secondary or tertiary substituents on the phenol rings as described for example, in U.S. Patent 6,485,898 (Yoshioka et al.).
- useful reducing agents are bis-phenol developers incorporating bicyclic and tricyclic substituents ortho to the hydroxyl group on the aromatic rings ⁇ ortho- bicyclic or tricyclic substituted bis-phenol developers).
- Such reducing agents are described in U.S. Patent 7,241,561 (Lynch et al.).
- Also useful are the mixture of phenolic reducing agents described in U.S. Patent Application Publication 2008/0057450 (Ulrich et al.).
- Additionally useful are the combinations of tris-phenol reducing agents and substituted olefinic co-developers as described in copending and commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application Publication 2008/0145801 (Zou et al.). All of the above patent documents are incorporated herein by reference.
- hindered phenol reducing agents can be used if desired, such as the mixture of a hindered phenol and a hindered bis-phenol described in U.S. Patent 6,413,712 (Yoshioka et al.) and 6,645,714 (Oya et al.).
- Still other optional reducing agents include the bis-phenol- phosphorous compounds described in U.S. Patent 6,514,684 (Suzuki et al), the bis-phenol, aromatic carboxylic acid, hydrogen bonding compound mixture described in U.S. Patent 6,787,298 (Yoshioka), and the compounds that can be one-electron oxidized to provide a one-electron oxidation product that releases one or more electrons as described in U.S. Patent 7,303,864 (Ohzeki). Still other useful reducing agents are described in U.S.
- Patents 3,074,809 (Owen), 3,080,254 (Grant, Jr.), 3,094,417 (Workman), 3,887,417 (Klein et al.), 4,030,931 (Noguchi et al.), and 5,981,151 (Leenders et al.).
- Additional reducing agents that may be used include amidoximes, azines, a combination of aliphatic carboxylic acid aryl hydrazides and ascorbic acid, a reductone and/or a hydrazine, piperidinohexose reductone or formyl- 4-methylphenylhydrazine, hydroxamic acids, a combination of azines and sulfonamidophenols, oc-cyanophenylacetic acid derivatives, reductones, indane- 1,3-diones, chromans, 1,4-dihydropyridines, and 3-pyrazolidones.
- Useful co-developer reducing agents can also be used as described in U.S.
- Patent 6,387,605 (Lynch et al.). Additional classes of reducing agents that can be used as co-developer reducing agents are trityl hydrazides and formyl phenyl hydrazides as described in U.S. Patent 5,496,695 (Simpson et al.),
- co-developer reducing agents are the substituted acrylonitriles having phosphonium cations as described in U.S. Patent Application Publication 2008/0145788 (Simpson et al.) and the olefinic co-developers as described in U.S. Patent Application Publication 2008/0145801 (Zou et al.), both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- contrast enhancing agents can be added. Such materials are useful for preparing printing plates and duplicating films useful in graphic arts, or for nucleation of medical diagnostic films. Examples of such agents are described in U.S. Patents 6,150,084 (Ito et al.), 6,620,582 (Hirabayashi), and 6,764,385 (Watanabe et al.). Certain contrast enhancing agents are preferably used in some photothermographic materials with specific co-reducing agents. Examples of useful contrast enhancing agents include, but are not limited to, hydroxylamines, alkanolamines and ammonium phthalamate compounds as described in U.S. Patent 5,545,505 (Simpson), hydroxamic acid compounds as described for example, in U.S.
- Patent 5,545,507 (Simpson et al.), N-acylhydrazine compounds as described in U.S. Patent 5,558,983 (Simpson et al.), and hydrogen atom donor compounds as described in U.S. Patent 5,637,449 (Harring et al.).
- the reducing agent (or mixture thereof) described herein is generally present at from about 1 to about 25% (dry weight) of the photothermographic emulsion layer in which it is located. In multilayer constructions, if the reducing agent is added to a layer other than a photothermographic emulsion layer, slightly higher proportions, of from about 2 to 35 weight % may be more desirable. Thus, the total range for the reducing agent is from about 1 to about 35 % (dry weight). Also, the reducing agent (or mixture thereof) described herein is generally present in an amount of at least 0.1 and up to and including
- Co-developer reducing agents may be present generally in an amount of from about 0.001% to about 20% (dry weight) of the emulsion layer coating.
- the photothermographic materials can also contain other additives such as shelf-life stabilizers, antifoggants, toners, development accelerators, acutance dyes, post-processing stabilizers or stabilizer precursors, thermal solvents (also known as melt formers), antistatic or conductive layers, and other image-modifying agents as would be readily apparent to one skilled in the art.
- additives such as shelf-life stabilizers, antifoggants, toners, development accelerators, acutance dyes, post-processing stabilizers or stabilizer precursors, thermal solvents (also known as melt formers), antistatic or conductive layers, and other image-modifying agents as would be readily apparent to one skilled in the art.
- Suitable stabilizers that can be used alone or in combination include thiazolium salts as described in U.S. Patents 2,131,038 (Brooker) and 2,694,716 (Allen), azaindenes as described in U.S. Patent 2,886,437 (Piper), triazaindolizines as described in U.S. Patent 2,444,605 (Heimbach), the urazoles described in U.S. Patent 3,287,135 (Anderson), sulfocatechols as described in U.S. Patent 3,235,652 (Kennard), the oximes described in GB 623,448 (Carrol et al.), polyvalent metal salts as described in U.S.
- Patent 2,839,405 Jones
- thiuronium salts as described in U.S. Patent 3,220,839 (Herz)
- palladium, platinum, and gold salts as described in U.S. Patents 2,566,263 (Trirelli) and 2,597,915 (Damshroder)
- hetero aromatic mercapto compounds or heteroaromatic disulfide compounds described in EP 0 559 228B 1 (Philip et al.).
- Heteroaromatic mercapto compounds are preferred.
- Preferred heteroaromatic mercapto compounds include 2-mercaptobenzimidazole,
- a heteroaromatic mercapto compound is generally present in an emulsion layer in an amount of at least 0.0001 mole (preferably from about 0.001 to about 1.0 mole) per mole of total silver in the emulsion layer.
- antifoggants/stabilizers are described in U.S. Patent 6,083,681 (Lynch et al.). Still other antifoggants are hydrobromic acid salts of heterocyclic compounds (such as pyridinium hydrobromide perbromide) as described in U.S. Patent 5,028,523 (Skoug), benzoyl acid compounds as described in U.S. Patent 4,784,939 (Pham), substituted propenenitrile compounds as described in U.S. Patent 5,686,228 (Murray et al.), silyl blocked compounds as described in U.S.
- heterocyclic compounds such as pyridinium hydrobromide perbromide
- heterocyclic compounds such as described in U.S. Patent 5,028,523 (Skoug)
- benzoyl acid compounds as described in U.S. Patent 4,784,939 (Pham
- substituted propenenitrile compounds as described in U.S. Patent 5,686,228 (Murray et
- Patent 5,358,843 (Sakizadeh et al.), the 1,3-diaryl-substituted urea compounds described in U.S. Patent 7,261,999 (Hunt et al.), and tribromo- methylketones as described in EP 0 600 587A1 (Oliff et al.).
- Additives useful as stabilizers for improving dark stability and desktop print stability are the various boron compounds described in U.S. Patent Application Publication 2006/0141404 (Philip et al.).
- the boron compounds are preferably added in an amount of from about 0.010 to about 0.50 g/m .
- arylboronic acid compounds as described in U.S. Patent 7,255,928 (Chen-Ho et al.) and sulfonyldiphenols as described in U.S. Patent 7,258,967 (Sakizadeh et al.), both incorporated herein by reference.
- the photothermographic materials preferably also include one or more polyhalogen stabilizers that can be represented by the formula
- Q-(Y) n -C(ZiZ 2 X) wherein, Q represents an alkyl, aryl (including heteroaryl) or heterocyclic group, Y represents a divalent linking group, n represents 0 or 1, Zi and Z 2 each represents a halogen atom, and X represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an electron-withdrawing group.
- Patents 3,874,946 (Costa et al.), 5,369,000 (Sakizadeh et al.), 5,374,514 (Kirk et al.), 5,460,938 (Kirk et al.), 5,464,747 (Sakizadeh et al.) and 5,594,143 (Kirk et al.).
- Examples of such compounds include, but are not limited to, 2-tribromomethylsulfonyl-5-methyl- 1 ,3 ,4-thiadiazole, 2-tribromomethylsulfonyl- pyridine, 2-tribromomethylsulfonylquinoline, and 2-tribromomethylsulfonyl- benzene.
- the polyhalogen stabilizers can be present in one or more layers in a total amount of from about 0.005 to about 0.01 mol/mol of total silver, and preferably from about 0.01 to about 0.05 mol/mol of total silver.
- Stabilizer precursor compounds capable of releasing stabilizers upon application of heat during imaging can also be used, as described in U.S. Patents 5,158,866 (Simpson et al.), 5,175,081 (Krepski et al.), 5,298,390
- Toners or derivatives thereof that improve the image are desirable components of the photothermographic materials. These compounds, when added to the imaging layer, shift the color of the image from yellowish- orange to brown-black or blue-black. Generally, one or more toners described herein are present in an amount of from about 0.01% to about 10% (more preferably from about 0.1% to about 10%), based on the total dry weight of the layer in which the toner is included. Toners may be incorporated in the photothermographic emulsion or in an adjacent non-imaging layer.
- Additional useful toners are substituted and unsubstituted mercaptotriazoles as described in U.S. Patents 3,832,186 (Masuda et al.), 6,165,704 (Miyake et al.), 5,149,620 (Simpson et al.), 6,713,240 (Lynch et al.), and 6,841,343 (Lynch et al.).
- Phthalazine and phthalazine derivatives [such as those described in U.S. Patent 6,146,822 (Asanuma et al.)], phthalazinone, and phthalazinone derivatives are particularly useful toners.
- Useful phthalazinone compounds are those having sufficient solubility to completely dissolve in the formulation from which they are coated.
- Preferred phthalazinone compounds include 6,7-dimethoxy-l-(2H)-phthalazinone, 4-(4-pentylphenyl)- l-(2H)-phthalazinone, and 4-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)- l-(2H)-phthalazinone. Mixtures of such phthalazinone compounds can be used if desired.
- development accelerators that increase the rate of image development and allow reduction in silver coating weight are also useful.
- Suitable development accelerators include phenols, naphthols, and hydrazine- carboxamides. Such compounds are described, for example, in Y. Yoshioka, K. Yamane, T. Ohzeki, Development of Rapid Dry Photothermographic Materials with Water-Base Emulsion Coating Method, AgX 2004: The International
- Thermal solvents can also be used, including combinations of such compounds (for example, a combination of succinimide and dimethylurea).
- Thermal solvents are compounds which are solids at ambient temperature but which melt at the temperature used for processing.
- the thermal solvent acts as a solvent for various components of the photothermographic material, it helps to accelerate thermal development and it provides the medium for diffusion of various materials including silver ions and/or complexes and reducing agents.
- Known thermal solvents are disclosed in U.S. Patents 3,438,776 (Yudelson), 5,064,753 (noted above) 5,250,386 (Aono et al.), 5,368,979
- Thermal solvents are also described in U.S. Patent 7,169,544 (Chen-Ho et al.).
- the photothermographic materials can also include one or more image stabilizing compounds that are usually incorporated in a "backside" layer.
- image stabilizing compounds can include phthalazinone and its derivatives, pyridazine and its derivatives, benzoxazine and benzoxazine derivatives, benzothiazine dione and its derivatives, and quinazoline dione and its derivatives, particularly as described in U.S. Patent 6,599,685 (Kong).
- backside image stabilizers include anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, naphthalic acid imide compounds, pyrazoline compounds, or compounds described in U.S. Patent 6,465,162 (Kong et al) and GB 1,565,043 (Fuji Photo).
- Phosphors are materials that emit infrared, visible, or ultraviolet radiation upon excitation and can be incorporated into the photothermographic materials. Particularly useful phosphors are sensitive to X-radiation and emit radiation primarily in the ultraviolet, near-ultraviolet, or visible regions of the spectrum (that is, from about 100 to about 700 nm).
- An intrinsic phosphor is a material that is naturally (that is, intrinsically) phosphorescent.
- An "activated" phosphor is one composed of a basic material that may or may not be an intrinsic phosphor, to which one or more dopant(s) has been intentionally added. These dopants or activators "activate" the phosphor and cause it to emit ultraviolet or visible radiation. Multiple dopants may be used and thus the phosphor would include both "activators" and "co-activators”.
- any conventional or useful phosphor can be used, singly or in mixtures.
- useful phosphors are described in numerous references relating to fluorescent intensifying screens as well as U.S. Patents 6,440,649 (Simpson et al.) and 6,573,033 (Simpson et al.) that are directed to photothermographic materials.
- Some particularly useful phosphors are primarily "activated" phosphors known as phosphate phosphors and borate phosphors.
- Examples of these phosphors are rare earth phosphates, yttrium phosphates, strontium phosphates, or strontium fluoroborates (including cerium activated rare earth or yttrium phosphates, or europium activated strontium fluoroborates) as described in U.S. Patent 7,074,549 (Simpson et al.).
- the one or more phosphors can be present in the photothermo- graphic materials in an amount of at least 0.1 mole per mole, and preferably from about 0.5 to about 20 mole, per mole of total silver in the photothermographic material. As noted above, generally, the amount of total silver is at least
- the phosphors can be incorporated into any imaging layer on one or both sides of the support, it is preferred that they be in the same layer(s) as the photosensitive silver halide(s) on one or both sides of the support.
- the photosensitive silver halide, the non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions prepared as described herein, the reducing agent composition, and any other imaging layer additives are generally combined with one or more binders that are generally hydrophobic or hydrophilic in nature.
- binders that are generally hydrophobic or hydrophilic in nature.
- aqueous or organic solvent-based formulations can be used to prepare the thermally developable materials. Mixtures of either or both types of binders can also be used. It is preferred that the binder be selected from predominantly hydrophobic polymeric materials (at least 50 dry weight % of total binders) and that the imaging layer formulation (and other layer formulations) is coated out of one or more organic solvents (described below).
- hydrophobic binders examples include polyvinyl acetals, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetate, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, polyolefins, polyesters, polystyrenes, polyacrylonitrile, polycarbonates, methacrylate copolymers, maleic anhydride ester copolymers, butadiene- styrene copolymers, and other materials readily apparent to one skilled in the art.
- Copolymers are also included in the definition of polymers.
- the polyvinyl acetals such as polyvinyl butyral, polyvinyl acetal, and polyvinyl formal
- vinyl copolymers such as polyvinyl acetate and polyvinyl chloride
- Particularly suitable hydrophobic binders are polyvinyl butyral resins that are available under the names MOWITAL ® (Kuraray America, Houston, TX), S-LEC ® (Sekisui Chemical Company, Troy, MI),
- Hydrophilic binders or water-dispersible polymeric latex polymers can also be present in the formulations.
- useful hydrophilic binders include, but are not limited to, proteins and protein derivatives, gelatin and gelatin-like derivatives (hardened or unhardened), cellulosic materials such as hydroxymethyl cellulose and cellulosic esters, acrylamide/methacrylamide polymers, acrylic/methacrylic polymers polyvinyl pyrrolidones, polyvinyl alcohols, poly(vinyl lactams), polymers of sulfoalkyl acrylate or methacrylates, hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetates, polyacrylamides, polysaccharides and other synthetic or naturally occurring vehicles commonly known for use in aqueous- based photographic emulsions (see for example, Research Disclosure, item 38957, noted above
- polymers capable of being dispersed in aqueous solvent includes hydrophobic polymers such as acrylic polymers, polyester, rubber (for example, SBR resin), polyurethane, poly(vinyl chloride), poly(vinyl acetate), poly(vinylidene chloride), polyolefin, and the like.
- hydrophobic polymers such as acrylic polymers, polyester, rubber (for example, SBR resin), polyurethane, poly(vinyl chloride), poly(vinyl acetate), poly(vinylidene chloride), polyolefin, and the like.
- the polymers above usable are straight chain polymers, branched polymers, or crosslinked polymers. Also usable are the so-called homopolymers in which single monomer is polymerized, or copolymers in which two or more types of monomers are polymerized. In the case of a copolymer, it may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.
- the molecular weight of these polymers is, in number average molecular weight, in the range from 5,000 to 1,000,000, preferably from 10,000 to 200,000. Those having too small molecular weight exhibit insufficient mechanical strength on forming the image-forming layer, and those having too large molecular weight are also not preferred because the filming properties result poor. Further, crosslinking polymer latexes are particularly preferred for use.
- Styrene-butadiene copolymers are particularly preferable as the polymer latex for use as a binder.
- the weight ratio of monomer unit for styrene to that of butadiene constituting the styrene-butadiene copolymer is preferably in the range of from 40:60 to 95:5. Further, the monomer unit of styrene and that of butadiene preferably account for 60% by weight to 99% by weight with respect to the copolymer.
- the polymer latex contains acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, preferably, in the range from 1% by weight to 6% by weight, and more preferably, from 2% by weight to 5% by weight, with respect to the total weight of the monomer unit of styrene and that of butadiene.
- the preferred range of the molecular weight is the same as that described above.
- Preferred latexes include styrene (50)-butadiene (47)-methacrylic acid (3), styrene (60)-butadiene (35)-divinylbenzene-methyl methacrylate (3)- methacrylic acid (2), styrene (70.5)-butadiene (26.5)-acrylic acid (3) and commercially available LACSTAR-3307B, 7132C, and Nipol Lx416.
- Such latexes are described in U.S. Patent 7,192,695 (noted above).
- Hardeners for various binders may be present if desired.
- Useful hardeners are well known and include diisocyanate compounds as described in EP 0 600 586 B l (Philip, Jr. et al.), vinyl sulfone compounds as described in U.S. Patent 6,143,487 (Philip, Jr. et al.) and EP 0 640 589 Al (Gathmann et al.), aldehydes and various other hardeners as described in U.S. Patent 6,190,822 (Dicker son et al.).
- the hydrophilic binders used in the photo thermographic materials are generally partially or fully hardened using any conventional hardener.
- Useful hardeners are well known and are described, for example, in T. H. James, The Theory of the Photographic Process, Fourth Edition, Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, NY, 1977, Chapter 2, pp. 77-8.
- the binder(s) should be able to withstand those conditions.
- a hydrophobic binder it is preferred that the binder (or mixture thereof) does not decompose or lose its structural integrity at 120°C for 60 seconds.
- a hydrophilic binder it is preferred that the binder does not decompose or lose its structural integrity at 150°C for 60 seconds. It is more preferred that the binder not decompose or lose its structural integrity at 177°C for 60 seconds.
- the polymer binder(s) is used in an amount sufficient to carry the components dispersed therein.
- a binder is used at a level of from about 10% to about 90% by weight (more preferably at a level of from about 20% to about 70% by weight) based on the total dry weight of the layer.
- the photothermographic materials include at least 50 weight % hydrophobic binders in both imaging and non-imaging layers on both sides of the support (and particularly the imaging side of the support).
- the photothermographic materials comprise a polymeric support that is preferably a flexible, transparent film that has any desired thickness and is composed of one or more polymeric materials. They are required to exhibit dimensional stability during thermal development and to have suitable adhesive properties with overlying layers.
- Useful polymeric materials for making such supports include polyesters [such as poly(ethylene terephthalate) and
- Preferred supports are composed of polymers having good heat stability, such as polyesters and polycarbonates. Support materials may also be treated or annealed to reduce shrinkage and promote dimensional stability.
- transparent, multilayer, polymeric supports comprising numerous alternating layers of at least two different polymeric materials as described in U.S. Patent 6,630,283 (Simpson et al.).
- Another support comprises dichroic mirror layers as described in U.S. Patent 5,795,708 (Boutet).
- Opaque supports can also be used, such as dyed polymeric films and resin-coated papers that are stable to high temperatures.
- Support materials can contain various colorants, pigments, antihalation or acutance dyes if desired.
- the support can include one or more dyes that provide a blue color in the resulting imaged film.
- Support materials may be treated using conventional procedures (such as corona discharge) to improve adhesion of overlying layers, or subbing or other adhesion- promoting layers can be used.
- An organic solvent-based coating formulation for the photothermographic emulsion layer(s) can be prepared by mixing the various components with one or more binders in a suitable organic solvent system that usually includes one or more solvents such as toluene, 2-butanone (methyl ethyl ketone), acetone, or tetrahydrofuran, or mixtures thereof.
- a suitable organic solvent system that usually includes one or more solvents such as toluene, 2-butanone (methyl ethyl ketone), acetone, or tetrahydrofuran, or mixtures thereof.
- Methyl ethyl ketone is a preferred coating solvent.
- the desired imaging components can be formulated with a hydrophilic binder (such as gelatin, or a gelatin-derivative), or a hydrophobic water-dispersible polymer latex (such as a styrene-butadiene latex) in water or water-organic solvent mixtures to provide aqueous-based coating formulations.
- a hydrophilic binder such as gelatin, or a gelatin-derivative
- a hydrophobic water-dispersible polymer latex such as a styrene-butadiene latex
- the photothermographic materials can contain plasticizers and lubricants such as poly(alcohols) and diols as described in U.S. Patent 2,960,404 (Milton et al.), fatty acids or esters as described in U.S. Patents 2,588,765
- the materials can also contain inorganic and organic matting agents as described in U.S. Patents 2,992,101 (Jelley et al.) and 2,701,245 (Lynn).
- Polymeric fluorinated surfactants may also be useful in one or more layers as described in U.S. Patent 5,468,603 (Kub).
- the photothermographic materials may also include a surface protective layer over the one or more emulsion layers. Layers to reduce emissions from the material may also be present, including the polymeric barrier layers described in U.S. Patents 6,352,819 (Kenney et al.), 6,352,820 (Bauer et al.), 6,420,102 (Bauer et al.), 6,667,148 (Rao et al.), and 6,746,831 (Hunt).
- the photothermographic materials can contain one or more layers containing acutance and/or antihalation dyes. These dyes are chosen to have absorption close to the exposure wavelength and are designed to absorb scattered light.
- One or more antihalation compositions may be incorporated into the support, backside layers, underlayers, or overcoat layers.
- one or more acutance dyes may be incorporated into one or more frontside imaging layers.
- Dyes useful as antihalation and acutance dyes include squaraine dyes as described in U.S. Patents 5,380,635 (Gomez et al.), and 6,063,560 (Suzuki et al.), and EP 1 083 459A1 (Kimura), indolenine dyes as described in
- compositions including acutance or antihalation dyes that will decolorize or bleach with heat during processing as described in U.S. Patents 5,135,842 (Kitchin et al.), 5,266,452 (Kitchin et al.),
- compositions can include an infrared radiation absorbing compound such as an oxonol dye or various other compounds used in combination with a hexaarylbiimidazole (also known as a
- HABI HABI
- HABI compounds are described in U.S. Patents 4,196,002 (Levinson et al.), 5,652,091 (Perry et al.), and 5,672,562 (Perry et al.).
- Patents 6,455,210 (Irving et al.), 6,514,677 (Ramsden et al.), and 6,558,880
- compositions are heated to provide bleaching at a temperature of at least 90°C for at least 0.5 seconds
- Mottle and other surface anomalies can be reduced by incorporating a fluorinated polymer as described, for example, in U.S. Patent 5,532,121 (Yonkoski et al.) or by using particular drying techniques as described, for example in U.S. Patent 5,621,983 (Ludemann et al.).
- the photothermographic material prefferably to include one or more radiation absorbing substances that are generally incorporated into one or more photothermographic layer(s)to provide a total absorbance of all layers on that side of the support of at least 0.1 (preferably of at least 0.6) at the exposure wavelength of the photothermographic material. Where the imaging layers are on one side of the support only, it is also desired that the total absorbance at the exposure wavelength for all layers on the backside (non-imaging) side of the support be at least 0.2.
- Photothermographic formulations can be coated by various coating procedures including wire wound rod coating, dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, slide coating, or extrusion coating using hoppers of the type described in U.S. Patent 2,681,294 (Beguin). Layers can be coated one at a time, or two or more layers can be coated simultaneously by the procedures described in U.S.
- Patents 2,761,791 (Russell), 4,001,024 (Dittman et al.), 4,569,863 (Keopke et al.), 5,340,613 (Hanzalik et al.), 5,405,740 (LaBelle), 5,415,993 (Hanzalik et al.), 5,525,376 (Leonard), 5,733,608 (Kessel et al.), 5,849,363 (Yapel et al.), 5,843,530 (Jerry et al.), and 5,861,195 (Bhave et al.), and GB 837,095 (Ilford).
- a typical coating gap for the emulsion layer can be from about 10 to about 750 ⁇ , and the layer can be dried in forced air at a temperature of from about 20°C to about 100°C. It is preferred that the thickness of the layer be selected to provide maximum image densities greater than about 0.2, and more preferably, from about 0.5 to 5.0 or more, as measured by an X-rite Model 361/V Densitometer equipped with 301 Visual Optics, available from X-rite Corporation, (Granville, MI).
- two or more layer formulations are simultaneously applied to a support using slide coating techniques, the first layer being coated on top of the second layer while the second layer is still wet.
- the first and second fluids used to coat these layers can be the same or different solvents.
- a protective overcoat formulation can be applied over the emulsion formulation.
- Simultaneous coating can be used to apply layers on the frontside, backside, or both sides of the support.
- a "carrier" layer formulation comprising a single-phase mixture of two or more polymers described above may be applied directly onto the support and thereby located underneath the emulsion layer(s) as described in U.S. Patent 6,355,405 (Ludemann et al.).
- the carrier layer formulation can be simultaneously applied with application of the emulsion layer formulation(s) and any overcoat or surface protective layers.
- the photothermographic materials can include one or more antistatic or conductive layers agents in any of the layers on either or both sides of the support.
- Conductive components include soluble salts, evaporated metal layers, or ionic polymers as described in U.S. Patents 2,861,056 (Minsk) and 3,206,312 (Sterman et al.), insoluble inorganic salts as described in U.S. Patent 3,428,451 (Trevoy), electroconductive underlayers as described in U.S. Patent 5,310,640 (Markin et al.), electronically-conductive metal antimonate particles as described in U.S. Patent 5,368,995 (Christian et al.), and electrically-conductive metal-containing particles dispersed in a polymeric binder as described in
- EP 0 678 776 Al (Melpolder et al.).
- Particularly useful conductive particles are the non-acicular metal antimonate particles used in a buried backside conductive layer as described and in U.S. Patents 6,689,546 (LaBelle et al.), 7,018,787 (Ludemann et al.), 7,022,467 (Ludemann et al.), 7,067,242 (Ludemann et al), and 7,144,689 (Ludemann et al.), and in U.S. Patent Application Publication
- carrier and emulsion layers can be coated on one side of the film support
- manufacturing methods can also include forming on the opposing or backside of the polymeric support, one or more additional layers, including a conductive layer, antihalation layer, or a layer containing a matting agent (such as silica), or a combination of such layers.
- one backside layer can perform all of the desired functions.
- the conductive layers be disposed on the backside of the support and especially where they are buried or underneath one or more other layers such as backside protective layer(s).
- backside conductive layers typically have a resistivity of about 10 5 to about 1012 ohm/sq as measured using a salt bridge water electrode resistivity measurement technique. This technique is described in R. A. Elder Resistivity Measurements on Buried Conductive Layers, EOS/ESD Symposium Proceedings, Lake Buena Vista, FL, 1990, pp. 251-254, incorporated herein by reference. [EOS/ESD stands for Electrical Overstress/Electrostatic Discharge].
- Still other conductive compositions include one or more fluoro- chemicals each of which is a reaction product of R f -CH 2 CH 2 -S0 3 H with an amine wherein R f comprises 4 or more fully fluorinated carbon atoms as described in U.S. Patent 6,699,648 (Sakizadeh et al.).
- Additional conductive compositions include one or more fluorochemicals described in more detail in U.S. Patent 6,762,013 (Sakizadeh et al.).
- the photothermographic materials may also usefully include a magnetic recording material as described in Research Disclosure, Item 34390, November 1992, or a transparent magnetic recording layer such as a layer containing magnetic particles on the underside of a transparent support as described in U.S. Patent 4,302,523 (Audran et al.).
- a conductive "carrier" layer In a preferred construction, a conductive "carrier" layer
- formulation comprising a single-phase mixture of two or more polymers and non-acicular metal antimonate particles, may be applied directly onto the backside of the support and thereby be located underneath other backside layers.
- the carrier layer formulation can be simultaneously applied with application of these other backside layer formulations.
- the photothermographic materials include one or more photothermographic layers on both sides of the support and/or an antihalation underlayer beneath at least one photothermographic layer on at least one side of the support.
- the materials can have an outermost protective layer disposed over all photothermographic layers on both sides of the support.
- the photothermographic materials can be imaged in any suitable manner consistent with the type of material, using any suitable imaging source to which they are sensitive (typically some type of radiation or electronic signal).
- the materials are sensitive to radiation in the range of from about at least 100 nm to about 1400 nm. In some embodiments, they materials are sensitive to radiation in the range of from about 300 nm to about 600 nm, more preferably from about 300 to about 450 nm, even more preferably from a wavelength of from about 360 to 420 nm.
- the materials are sensitized to radiation from about 600 to about 1200 nm and more preferably to infrared radiation from about 700 to about 950 nm. If necessary, sensitivity to a particular wavelength can be achieved by using appropriate spectral sensitizing dyes.
- Imaging can be carried out by exposing the photothermographic materials to a suitable source of radiation to which they are sensitive, including
- Suitable exposure means include phosphor emitted radiation (particularly X-ray induced phosphor emitted radiation), incandescent or fluorescent lamps, xenon flash lamps, lasers, laser diodes, light emitting diodes, infrared lasers, infrared laser diodes, infrared light- emitting diodes, infrared lamps, or any other ultraviolet, visible, or infrared radiation source readily apparent to one skilled in the art such as described in Research Disclosure, item 38957 (noted above).
- Particularly useful infrared exposure means include laser diodes emitting at from about 700 to about 950 nm, including laser diodes that are modulated to increase imaging efficiency using what is known as multi-longitudinal exposure techniques as described in U.S. Patent 5,780,207 (Mohapatra et al.). Other exposure techniques are described in U.S. Patent 5,493,327 (McCallum et al.).
- the photothermographic materials also can be indirectly imaged using an X-radiation imaging source and one or more prompt-emitting or storage X-radiation sensitive phosphor screens adjacent to the photothermographic material.
- the phosphors emit suitable radiation to expose the photothermographic material.
- Preferred X-ray screens are those having phosphors emitting in the near ultraviolet region of the spectrum (from 300 to 400 nm), in the blue region of the spectrum (from 400 to 500 nm), and in the green region of the spectrum (from 500 to 600 nm).
- the photothermographic materials can be imaged directly using an X-radiation imaging source to provide a latent image.
- Thermal development conditions will vary, depending on the construction used but will typically involve heating the imagewise exposed photothermographic material at a suitably elevated temperature, for example, at from about 50°C to about 250°C (preferably from about 80°C to about 200°C and more preferably from about 100°C to about 200°C) for a sufficient period of time, generally from about 1 to about 120 seconds. Heating can be accomplished using any suitable heating means such as contacting the material with a heated drum, plates, or rollers, or by providing a heating resistance layer on the rear surface of the material and supplying electric current to the layer so as to heat the material.
- a preferred heat development procedure for photothermographic materials includes heating within a temperature range of from 110 to 150°C for 25 seconds or less, for example, at least 3 and up to 25 seconds (and preferably for 20 seconds or less) to develop the latent image into a visible image having a maximum density (Dmax) of at least 3.0. Line speeds during development of greater than 61 cm/min, such as from 61 to 200 cm/min, can be used.
- Thermal development of photothermographic materials is carried out with the material being in a substantially water-free environment and without application of any solvent to the material.
- the photothermographic materials can be sufficiently transmissive in the range of from about 350 to about 450 nm in non-imaged areas to allow their use in a method where there is a subsequent exposure of an ultraviolet or short wavelength visible radiation sensitive imageable medium.
- the photothermographic materials absorb ultraviolet or short wavelength visible radiation in the areas where there is a visible image and transmit ultraviolet or short wavelength visible radiation where there is no visible image.
- the photothermographic materials may then be used as a mask and positioned between a source of imaging radiation (such as an ultraviolet or short wavelength visible radiation energy source) and an imageable material that is sensitive to such imaging radiation, such as a photopolymer, diazo material, photoresist, or photosensitive printing plate.
- Exposing the imageable material to the imaging radiation through the visible image in the exposed and heat-developed photothermographic material provides an image in the imageable material.
- This method is particularly useful where the imageable medium comprises a printing plate and the photothermographic material serves as an image- setting film.
- the image-forming method further comprises, after steps (A) and (B) noted above:
- a method of preparing a silver soap comprising:
- the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises from about 0.1 wt % to about 10 wt % unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids.
- preparing the mixture of one or more alkali metal salts of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises preparing a dispersion of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids in water, with no alkali or ammonia salt of said acid present in the dispersion while said long chain carboxylic acids are maintained above their melting points but below the boiling point of the dispersion,
- the unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids are selected from the group consisting of myristoleic acid, palmitoleic acid, sapienic acid, oleic acid, vaccenic acid, elaidic acid, linoleic acid, a-linole[n]ic acid, stearidonic acid, paullinic acid, gondoic acid, dihomo-y-linoleic acid, mead acid, arachidonic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid, erucic acid, docosatetraenoic acid, dososahexaenoic acid, and nervonic acid.
- a method of preparing a photothermographic material comprising:
- the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises from about 0.1 wt % to about 10 wt % unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids.
- preparing the mixture of one or more alkali metal salts of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises preparing a dispersion of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids in water, with no alkali or ammonia salt of said acid present in the dispersion while said long chain carboxylic acids are maintained above their melting points but below the boiling point of the dispersion,
- a method of forming a visible image comprising:
- a preformed iridium and copper doped core- shell silver iodobromide emulsion was prepared as described in U.S. Patent 5,939,249, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- a control sample of a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap was prepared as described in U.S. Patent 5,434,043 and described below.
- Step 1 Ingredient #2 was dissolved in 4 liters of water at room
- Step 2 Ingredient # 6 was added to Step 1 at 85 °C followed by
- the dispersion was cooled to 29 °C. and mixed for up to one hour.
- the dispersion was filtered and washed until wash water had a conductivity less than 0.05 ms/cm.
- the photothermographic silver carboxylate soap was dried at 43.3 °C. for 72 hours.
- a photothermographic material was prepared using the silver halide/silver carboxylate soap described above, using the procedures described in U.S. Patent 7,063,941, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- a PTGM was prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 1, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with oleic acid.
- a PTGM was prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 1, with the modification that oleic acid in an amount equal to 2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was added into the finished silver. Evaluation of PTGMs of Examples 1-3
- the PTGMs of Examples 1-3 were cut into 1.5 inchxlO inch (3.6 cmx25.4 cm) strips and exposed through a 10 cm continuous wedge with a scanning laser sensitometer incorporating an 811 nm laser diode. The total scan time for each sample was 6 seconds. The samples were developed using a heated roll processor for 15 seconds at 252° F (122.2° C).
- Densitometry measurements were made on a custom-built computer scanning densitometer meeting ISO Standards 5-2 and 5-3. They are believed to be comparable to measurements from commercially available densitometers. Density of the wedges was then measured using a filter appropriate to the sensitivity of the photothermographic material to obtain graphs of density versus log exposure.
- Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 1-3 obtained by this method are shown in TABLE I.
- the film of Inventive Example 2 exhibited an unexpected increase in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Examples 1 and 3.
- Example 6 (Inventive)
- PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 4, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with linoleic acid.
- PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 4, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with a-linolenic acid.
- Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 4-7 were evaluated according to the methods described above for Examples 1-3. These results are shown in Table II, where the reported speeds represent averages of four samples.
- the films of Inventive Examples 5-7 all exhibited unexpected increases in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Example 4.
- PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 4, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.1 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with linoleic acid.
- Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 8-10 were evaluated according to the methods described above for Examples 1-3. These results are shown in Table III, where the reported speeds represent averages of four samples.
- the films of Inventive Examples 9 and 10 both exhibited unexpected increases in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Example 8.
- Two PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 11, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 1.5 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
- Two PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 11, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
- PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 15, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.7 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
- PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 15, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 1 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
- Example 19 (Inventive)
- PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 15, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
- Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 15-19 were evaluated according to the methods described above for Examples 1-3. These results are shown in Table V, where the reported speeds represent averages of four samples.
- the films of Inventive Examples 16-19 all exhibited unexpected increases in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Example 15.
- PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 19, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 1 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
- PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 19, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 1.5 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
- Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 20-22 were evaluated according to the methods described above for Examples 1-3. These results are shown in Table VI, where the reported speeds represent averages of four samples.
- the films of Inventive Examples 21 and 22 both exhibited unexpected increases in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Example 20.
- a PTGM was prepared as in Example 1.
- a PTGM was prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 23, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 1.5 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
- a PTGM was prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 23, with the modification that erucic acid in an amount equal to 1.5 wt % of Ingredient 5 was added into the finished silver.
- Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 23-25 were evaluated according to the methods described above for Examples 1-3. These results are shown in Table VII.
- the film of Inventive Example 24 exhibited unexpected increases in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Examples 23 and 25.
- PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 26, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.5 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with oleic acid.
- PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 26, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 1 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with oleic acid.
- PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 30, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with oleic acid.
- PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 30, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with linoleic acid.
- PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 30, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with a-linolenic acid. Evaluation of PTGMs of Examples 30-33
- Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 30-33 were evaluated according to the methods described above for Examples 1-3. These results are shown in Table IX, where the reported speeds represent averages of four samples.
- the films of Inventive Examples 31-33 all exhibited unexpected increases in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Example 30.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Non-Silver Salt Photosensitive Materials And Non-Silver Salt Photography (AREA)
Abstract
A method of preparing a silver soap comprising preparing a mixture of one or more alkali metal salts of a plurality of long chain carboxylic acids; and thereafter, converting the mixture of the long chain alkali metal salts of the long chain carboxylic acids to a silver soap of the long chain carboxylic acids; where the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises from about 0.1 wt % to about 10 wt % unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids.
Description
METHOD OF PREPARING SILVER CARBOXYLATE SOAPS
BACKGROUND
Silver-containing direct thermographic and photothermographic imaging materials (that is, thermally developable imaging materials) that are imaged and/or developed using heat and without liquid processing have been known in the art for many years.
Silver-containing direct thermographic imaging materials are non-photosensitive materials that are used in a recording process wherein images are generated by the direct application of thermal energy and in the absence of a processing solvent. These materials generally comprise a support having disposed thereon (a) a relatively or completely non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions, (b) a reducing composition (acting as a black-and-white silver developer) for the reducible silver ions, and (c) a suitable binder. Thermographic materials are sometimes called "direct thermal" materials in the art because they are directly imaged by a source of thermal energy without any transfer of the image or image- forming materials to another element (such as in thermal dye transfer).
In a typical thermographic construction, the image-forming thermographic layers comprise non-photosensitive reducible silver salts of long chain fatty acids. A preferred non-photosensitive reducible silver source is a silver salt of a long chain aliphatic carboxylic acid having from 10 to 30 carbon atoms, such as behenic acid or mixtures of acids of similar molecular weight. At elevated temperatures, the silver of the silver carboxylate is reduced by a reducing agent for silver ion (also known as a developer), whereby elemental silver is formed. Preferred reducing agents include methyl gallate, hydroquinone, substituted- hydroquinones, hindered phenols, catechols, pyrogallol, ascorbic acid, and ascorbic acid derivatives.
Some thermographic constructions are imaged by contacting them with the thermal head of a thermographic recording apparatus such as a thermal print-head of a thermal printer or thermal facsimile. In such constructions, an anti-stick layer is coated on top of the imaging layer to prevent sticking of the thermographic construction to the thermal head of the apparatus utilized. The
resulting thermographic construction is then heated imagewise to an elevated temperature, typically in the range of from about 60 to about 225°C, resulting in the formation of a black-and-white image of silver.
Silver-containing photothermographic imaging materials (that is, photosensitive thermally developable imaging materials) that are imaged with actinic radiation and then developed using heat and without liquid processing, have been known in the art for many years. Such materials are used in a recording process wherein an image is formed by imagewise exposure of the photothermographic material to specific electromagnetic radiation (for example, X-radiation, or ultraviolet, visible, or infrared radiation) and developed by the use of thermal energy. These materials, also known as "dry silver" materials, generally comprise a support having coated thereon: (a) a photocatalyst (that is, a photosensitive compound such as silver halide) that upon such exposure provides a latent image in exposed grains that are capable of acting as a catalyst for the subsequent formation of a silver image in a development step, (b) a relatively or completely non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions, (c) a reducing composition (acting as a developer) for the reducible silver ions, and (d) a binder. The latent image is then developed by application of thermal energy.
In photothermographic materials, exposure of the photosensitive silver halide to light produces small clusters containing silver atoms (Ag°)n. The imagewise distribution of these clusters, known in the art as a latent image, is generally not visible by ordinary means. Thus, the photosensitive material must be further developed to produce a visible image. This is accomplished by the reduction of silver ions that are in catalytic proximity to silver halide grains bearing the silver-containing clusters of the latent image. This produces a black- and-white image. The non-photosensitive silver source is catalytically reduced to form the visible black-and-white negative image of silver while much of the silver halide, generally, remains as silver halide and is not reduced.
In photothermographic materials, the reducing agent for the reducible silver ions, often referred to as a "developer", may be any compound that, in the presence of the latent image, can reduce silver ion to metallic silver and is preferably of relatively low activity until it is heated to a temperature
sufficient to cause the reaction. A wide variety of classes of compounds have been disclosed in the literature that function as reducing agents for photothermographic materials. Upon heating, and at elevated temperatures, the reducible silver ions are reduced by the reducing agent. This reaction occurs preferentially in the regions surrounding the latent image and produces a negative image of metallic silver having a color that ranges from yellow to deep black depending upon the presence of toning agents and other components in the photothermographic imaging layer(s). Differences Between Photothermography and Photography:
The imaging arts have long recognized that the field of photothermography is clearly distinct from that of photography. Photothermographic materials differ significantly from conventional silver halide photographic materials that require processing with aqueous processing solutions.
In photothermographic imaging materials, a visible image is created in the absence of a processing solvent by heat as a result of the reaction of a reducing agent incorporated within the material. Heating at 50°C or more is essential for this dry development. In contrast, conventional photographic imaging materials require processing in aqueous processing baths at more moderate temperatures (from 30°C to 50°C) to provide a visible image.
In photothermographic materials, only a small amount of silver halide is used to capture light and a non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions (for example, a silver carboxylate or a silver benzotriazole) is used to generate the visible image using thermal development. Thus, the imaged photosensitive silver halide serves as a catalyst for the physical development process involving the non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions and the incorporated reducing agent. In contrast, conventional wet-processed, black-and- white photographic materials use only one form of silver (that is, silver halide) that, upon chemical development, is itself at least partially converted into the silver image, or that upon physical development requires addition of an external silver source (or other reducible metal ions that form black images upon reduction to the corresponding metal). Thus, photothermographic materials require an
amount of silver halide per unit area that is only a fraction of that used in conventional wet-processed photographic materials.
In photothermographic materials, all of the "chemistry" for imaging is incorporated within the material itself. For example, such materials include a reducing agent (that is, a developer for the reducible silver ions) while conventional photographic materials usually do not. The incorporation of the reducing agent into photothermographic materials can lead to increased formation of various types of "fog" or other undesirable sensitometric side effects.
Therefore, much effort has gone into the preparation and manufacture of photo- thermographic materials to minimize these problems.
Moreover, in photothermographic materials, the unexposed silver halide generally remains intact after development and the material must be stabilized against further imaging and development. In contrast, silver halide is removed from conventional photographic materials after solution development to prevent further imaging (that is in the aqueous fixing step).
Because photothermographic materials require dry thermal processing, they present distinctly different problems and require different materials in manufacture and use, compared to conventional, wet-processed silver halide photographic materials. Additives that have one effect in conventional silver halide photographic materials may behave quite differently when incorporated in photothermographic materials where the underlying chemistry is significantly more complex. The incorporation of such additives as, for example, stabilizers, antifoggants, speed enhancers, supersensitizers, and spectral and chemical sensitizers in conventional photographic materials is not predictive of whether such additives will prove beneficial or detrimental in photothermographic materials. For example, it is not uncommon for a photographic antifoggant useful in conventional photographic materials to cause various types of fog when incorporated into photothermographic materials, or for supersensitizers that are effective in photographic materials to be inactive in photothermographic materials.
These and other distinctions between photothermographic and photographic materials are described in Unconventional Imaging Processes,
E. Brinckman et al. (Eds.), The Focal Press, London and New York, 1978, pp. 74-75, in D. H. Klosterboer, Imaging Processes and Materials, (Neblette 's Eighth Edition), J. Sturge, V. Walworth, and A. Shepp, Eds., Van Nostrand- Reinhold, New York, 1989, Chapter 9, pp. 279-291, in C. Zou et al., J. Imaging Sci. Technol. 1996, 40, pp. 94-103, and in M. R. V. Sahyun, J. Imaging Sci.
Technol. 1998, 42, 23.
DESCRIPTION
All publications, patents, and patent documents referred to in this document are incorporated by reference in their entirety, as though individually incorporated by reference.
U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/279,219, filed
January 15, 2016, entitled "METHOD OF PREPARING SILVER
CARBOXYLATE SOAPS," is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
The thermally developable materials described herein are both thermographic and photothermographic materials. While the following discussion will primarily be directed to the preferred photothermographic embodiments employing silver halide/silver carboxylate soaps prepared by the methods described herein, it would be readily understood by one skilled in the art that thermographic materials can be similarly constructed and used to provide black- and-white or color images using appropriate imaging chemistry, the silver carboxylate soaps prepared by the methods described herein, reducing agents, toners, binders, and other components known to a skilled artisan. In both thermographic and photothermographic materials, the silver carboxylate soaps (and the silver halide/silver carboxylate soaps when used in photothermographic materials) are in reactive association with the reducing agent.
The photothermographic materials prepared using the silver halide/silver carboxylate soaps prepared by the methods described herein can be used in black-and-white or color photothermography and in electronically generated black-and-white or color hardcopy recording. They can be used in microfilm applications, in radiographic imaging (for example digital medical imaging), X-ray radiography, and in industrial radiography. Furthermore, the
absorbance of these materials between 350 and 450 nm is desirably low (less than 0.5), to permit their use in the graphic arts area (for example, image-setting and phototype- setting), in the manufacture of printing plates, in contact printing, in duplicating ("duping"), and in proofing. Black-and-white imaging is particularly preferred.
The photothermographic materials are particularly useful for imaging of human or animal subjects in response to, X-radiation, ultraviolet, visible, or infrared radiation for use in a medical diagnosis. Such applications include, but are not limited to, thoracic imaging, mammography, dental imaging, orthopedic imaging, general medical radiography, therapeutic radiography, veterinary radiography, and autoradiography. When used with X-radiation, the photothermographic materials may be used in combination with one or more phosphor intensifying screens, with phosphors incorporated within the photothermographic emulsion, or with combinations thereof. Such materials are particularly useful for dental radiography when they are directly imaged by
X-radiation. The materials are also useful for non-medical uses of X-radiation such as X-ray lithography and industrial radiography.
The photothermographic materials can be made sensitive to radiation of any suitable wavelength. Thus, in some embodiments, the materials are sensitive at ultraviolet, visible, infrared, or near infrared wavelengths, of the electromagnetic spectrum. In preferred embodiments, the materials are sensitive to radiation greater than 600 nm (and preferably sensitive to infrared radiation from about 700 up to about 950 nm). Increased sensitivity to a particular region of the spectrum is imparted through the use of various spectral sensitizing dyes.
In the photothermographic materials, the components needed for imaging can be in one or more photothermographic imaging layers on one side ("frontside") of the support. The layer(s) that contain the photosensitive photo- catalyst (such as a photosensitive silver halide) or non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions, or both, are referred to herein as photothermographic emulsion layer(s). The photocatalyst and the non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions are in catalytic proximity and preferably are in the same emulsion layer.
Where the photothermographic materials contain imaging layers on one side of the support only, various non-imaging layers are usually disposed on the "backside" (non-emulsion or non-imaging side) of the materials, including conductive/antistatic layers, antihalation layers, protective layers, and transport enabling layers.
Various non-imaging layers can also be disposed on the "frontside" or imaging or emulsion side of the support, including protective frontside overcoat layers, primer layers, interlay ers, opacifying layers, conductive/antistatic layers, antihalation layers, acutance layers, auxiliary layers, and other layers readily apparent to one skilled in the art.
For some embodiments, it may be useful that the photothermographic materials be "double-sided" or "duplitized" and have the same or different photothermographic coatings (or imaging layers) on both sides of the support. In such constructions each side can also include one or more protective overcoat layers, primer layers, interlay ers, acutance layers, conductive/antistatic layers auxiliary layers, anti-crossover layers, and other layers readily apparent to one skilled in the art, as well as the required conductive layer(s).
When the photothermographic materials are heat-developed as described below in a substantially water-free condition after, or simultaneously with, imagewise exposure, a silver image (preferably a black-and-white silver image) is obtained.
Definitions:
As used herein:
In the descriptions of the photothermographic materials, "a" or
"an" component refers to "at least one" of that component [for example, the silver halide/silver carboxylate soaps described herein].
As used herein, "black-and-white" preferably refers to an image formed by silver metal, as opposed to an image formed using a combination of dyes or color couplers.
Unless otherwise indicated, when the term "photothermographic materials" is used herein, the term refers to embodiments of the present invention.
Heating in a substantially water-free condition as used herein, means heating at a temperature of from about 50°C to about 250°C with little more than ambient water vapor present. The term "substantially water-free condition" means that the reaction system is approximately in equilibrium with water in the air and water or any other solvent for inducing or promoting the reaction is not particularly or positively supplied from the exterior to the material. Such a condition is described in T. H. James, The Theory of the Photographic Process, Fourth Edition, Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, NY, 1977, p. 374.
"Photothermographic material(s)" means a dry processable integral element comprising a support and at least one photothermographic emulsion layer or a photothermographic set of emulsion layers (wherein the silver halide/silver carboxylate soap is in one layer and the other necessary components or additives are distributed, as desired, in the same layer or in an adjacent coated layer). These materials also include multilayer constructions in which one or more imaging components are in different layers, but are in "reactive association". For example, one layer can include the silver halide/silver carboxylate soap and another layer can include the reducing agent (or reducing agent combination) and, but the two reactive components are in reactive association with each other. By "integral", we mean that all imaging chemistry required for imaging is in the material without diffusion of imaging chemistry or reaction products (such as a dye) from or to another element (such as a receiver element).
In photothermography, the term, "imagewise exposing" or
"imagewise exposure" means that the material is imaged as a dry processable material using any exposure means that provides a latent image using electro- magnetic radiation. This includes, for example, by analog exposure where an image is formed by projection onto the photosensitive material as well as by digital exposure where the image is formed one pixel at a time such as by modulation of scanning laser radiation.
The term "emulsion layer", "imaging layer", or "photothermo- graphic emulsion layer" means a layer of a photothermographic material that contains the photosensitive silver halide and non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions (i.e., the silver halide/silver carboxylate soap). Such layers
can also contain additional components or desirable additives. These layers are on what is referred to as the "frontside" of the support.
"Photocatalyst" means a photosensitive compound such as silver halide that, upon exposure to radiation, provides a compound that is capable of acting as a catalyst for the subsequent development of the image-forming material.
"Catalytic proximity" or "reactive association" means that the reactive components are in the same layer or in adjacent layers so that they readily come into contact with each other during imaging and thermal development.
The terms "reducing agent" and "developer" mean the same, and the terms "co-reducing agent" and "co-developer" also mean the same.
"Simultaneous coating" or "wet-on-wet" coating means that when multiple layers are coated, subsequent layers are coated onto the initially coated layer before the initially coated layer is dry. Simultaneous coating can be used to apply layers on the frontside, backside, or both sides of the support.
"Transparent" means capable of transmitting visible light or imaging radiation without appreciable scattering or absorption.
The phrase "alkali metal" refers to group I-A of the periodic table and includes lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, and cesium. Because its chemical properties are similar to those of alkali metals, ammonium (NH4 +) will be considered herein as an alkali metal. The phrases alkali metal salts and alkali metal hydroxides are the salts and hydroxides of these metals and ammonium.
The phrases "silver salt" and "organic silver salt" refer to an organic molecule having a bond to a silver atom. Although the compounds so formed are technically silver coordination complexes or silver compounds they are also often referred to as silver salts.
The phrase "aryl group" refers to an organic group derived from an aromatic hydrocarbon or heterocyclic compound by removal of one atom, such as a phenyl group formed by removal of one hydrogen atom from benzene. Thus "aromatic" and "aryl" are meant to include both carbocyclic and heterocyclic aromatic groups.
"Silver Efficiency" is defined as Dmax divided by the total silver coating weight in units of g/m .
The term "buried layer" means that there is at least one other layer disposed over the layer (such as a "buried" backside conductive layer).
The terms "coating weight", "coat weight", and "coverage" are synonymous, and are usually expressed in weight or moles per unit area such as g/m 2 or mol/m 2.
"Ultraviolet region of the spectrum" refers to that region of the spectrum less than or equal to 400 nm (preferably from about 100 nm to about 400 nm) although parts of these ranges may be visible to the naked human eye.
"Visible region of the spectrum" refers to that region of the spectrum of from about 400 nm to about 700 nm.
"Short wavelength visible region of the spectrum" refers to that region of the spectrum of from about 400 nm to about 450 nm.
"Red region of the spectrum" refers to that region of the spectrum of from about 600 nm to about 700 nm.
"Infrared region of the spectrum" refers to that region of the spectrum of from about 700 nm to about 1400 nm.
"Non-photosensitive" means not intentionally light sensitive. The sensitometric terms "photospeed", "speed", or "photographic speed" (also known as sensitivity), absorbance, and contrast have conventional definitions known in the imaging arts. The sensitometric term absorbance is another term for optical density (OD).
Speed-1 ("Spdl") is Logl/E + 4 corresponding to the density value of 0.25 above Dmin where E is the exposure in ergs/cm .
Speed-2 ("Spd2") is Logl/E + 4 corresponding to the density value of 1.0 above Dmin where E is the exposure in ergs/cm .
Speed-3 ("Spd3") is Logl/E + 4 corresponding to the density value of 2.9 above Dmin where E is the exposure in ergs/cm .
Average Contrast- 1 ("AC-1") is the absolute value of the slope of the line joining the density points at 0.60 and 2.00 above Dmin.
In photothermographic materials, the term Dmin (lower case) is considered herein as the image density achieved in the non-imaged areas after the photothermographic material is thermally developed. The image density in the
non-imaged areas when a freshly prepared photothermographic material is thermally developed will be referred to herein as initial Dmin. The term Dmax (lower case) is the maximum image density achieved in the imaged area of a particular sample after imaging and development.
The term DMIN (upper case) is the density of the nonimaged, undeveloped material. The term DMAX (upper case) is the maximum image density achievable when the photothermographic material is exposed and then thermally developed. DMAX is also known as "Saturation Density".
As is well understood in this art, for the chemical compounds herein described, substitution is not only tolerated, but is often advisable and various substituents are anticipated on the compounds used in the present invention unless otherwise stated. Thus, when a compound is referred to as "having the structure" of a given formula or being a "derivative" of a compound, any substitution that does not alter the bond structure of the formula or the shown atoms within that structure is included within the formula, unless such substitution is specifically excluded by language.
As a means of simplifying the discussion and recitation of certain substituent groups, the term "group" refers to chemical species that may be substituted as well as those that are not so substituted. Thus, the term "alkyl group" is intended to include not only pure hydrocarbon alkyl chains, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-butyl, cyclohexyl, z'so-octyl, and octadecyl, but also alkyl chains bearing substituents known in the art, such as hydroxyl, alkoxy, phenyl, halogen atoms (F, CI, Br, and I), cyano, nitro, amino, and carboxy. For example, alkyl group includes ether and thioether groups (for example
CH3-CH2-CH2-O-CH2- and CH3-CH2-CH2-S-CH2-), haloalkyl, nitroalkyl, alkylcarboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxamido, hydroxyalkyl, sulfoalkyl, and other groups readily apparent to one skilled in the art. Substituents that adversely react with other active ingredients, such as very strongly electrophilic or oxidizing substituents, would, of course, be excluded by the skilled artisan as not being inert or harmless.
Research Disclosure (http://www.researchdisclosure.com) is a publication of Kenneth Mason Publications Ltd., The Book Barn, Westbourne,
Hampshire PO10 8RS, UK. It is also available from Emsworth Design Inc., 200 Park Avenue South, Room 1101, New York, NY 10003.
The Photocatalyst:
As noted above, photothermographic materials include one or more photocatalysts in the photothermographic emulsion layer(s). Useful photo- catalysts are typically photosensitive silver halides such as silver bromide, silver iodide, silver chloride, silver bromoiodide, silver chlorobromoiodide, silver chlorobromide, and others readily apparent to one skilled in the art. Mixtures of silver halides can also be used in any suitable proportion. Silver bromide and silver iodide are preferred. More preferred is silver bromoiodide in which any suitable amount of iodide is present up to almost 100% silver iodide and more likely up to about 40 mol % silver iodide. Even more preferably, the silver bromoiodide comprises at least 70 mole % (preferably at least 85 mole % and more preferably at least 90 mole %) bromide (based on total silver halide). The remainder of the halide is iodide, chloride, or chloride and iodide. Preferably the additional halide is iodide. Silver bromide and silver bromoiodide are preferred, with the latter silver halide generally having up to 10 mole % silver iodide.
In some embodiments of aqueous-based photothermographic materials, higher amounts of iodide may be present in homogeneous photosensitive silver halide grains, and particularly from about 20 mol % up to the saturation limit of iodide as described, for example, U.S. Patent Application Publication 2004/0053173 (Maskasky et al.).
The silver halide grains may have any crystalline habit or morphology including, but not limited to, cubic, octahedral, tetrahedral, orthorhombic, rhombic, dodecahedral, other polyhedral, tabular, laminar, twinned, or platelet morphologies and may have epitaxial growth of crystals thereon. If desired, a mixture of grains with different morphologies can be employed. Silver halide grains having cubic and tabular morphology (or both) are preferred.
The silver halide grains may have a uniform ratio of halide throughout. They may also have a graded halide content, with a continuously varying ratio of, for example, silver bromide and silver iodide or they may be of
the core- shell type, having a discrete core of one or more silver halides, and a discrete shell of one or more different silver halides. Core-shell silver halide grains useful in photothermographic materials and methods of preparing these materials are described in U.S. Patent 5,382,504 (Shor et al.). Iridium and/or copper doped core-shell and non-core-shell grains are described in U.S. Patents 5,434,043 (Zou et al.) and 5,939,249 (Zou). Bismuth(III)-doped high silver iodide emulsions for aqueous-based photothermographic materials are described in U.S. Patent 6,942,960 (Maskasky et al.). All of the above patents are incorporated herein by reference.
In some instances, it may be helpful to prepare the photosensitive silver halide grains in the presence of a hydroxytetraazaindene (such as
4-hydroxy-6-methyl-l,3,3a,7-tetraazaindene) or an N-heterocyclic compound comprising at least one mercapto group (such as l-phenyl-5-mercaptotetrazole) as described in U.S. Patent 6,413,710 (Shor et al.).
The photosensitive silver halide can be added to (or formed within) the emulsion layer(s) in any fashion as long as it is placed in catalytic proximity to the non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions.
It is preferred that the silver halides be preformed and prepared by an ex-situ process. With this technique, one has the possibility of more precisely controlling the grain size, grain size distribution, dopant levels, and composition of the silver halide, so that one can impart more specific properties to both the silver halide grains and the resulting photothermographic material.
In the photothermographic materials described herein, the predominant amount of the non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions is formed in the presence of ex-situ-prepared silver halide. In this process, the source of reducible silver ions, such as a long chain fatty acid silver carboxylate (commonly referred to as a silver "soap" or homogenate), is formed in the presence of the preformed silver halide grains. Co-precipitation of the source of reducible silver ions in the presence of silver halide provides a more intimate mixture of the two materials to provide a material often referred to as a
"preformed soap" [see U.S. Patent 3,839,049 (Simons)].
In some constructions, a portion of the preformed silver halide grains may be added to and "physically mixed" with the non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions.
Preformed silver halide emulsions can be prepared by aqueous or organic processes and can be unwashed or washed to remove soluble salts.
Soluble salts can be removed by any desired procedure for example as described in U.S. Patents 2,489,341 (Waller et al.), 2,565,418 (Yackel), 2,614,928 (Yutzy et al.), 2,618,556 (Hewitson et al.), and 3,241,969 (Hart et al.).
It is also effective to use an in-situ process in which a halide- or a halogen-containing compound is added to an organic silver salt to partially convert a portion of the silver of the organic silver salt to silver halide. Inorganic halides (such as zinc bromide, zinc iodide, calcium bromide, lithium bromide, lithium iodide, or mixtures thereof) or an organic halogen-containing compound (such as N-bromosuccinimide or pyridinium hydrobromide perbromide) can be used. The details of such in-situ generation of silver halide are described in U.S. Patent 3,457,075 (Morgan et al.).
It is particularly effective to use a mixture of both preformed and in-situ generated silver halide. The preformed silver halide is preferably present in a preformed soap prepared by the methods described herein.
Additional methods of preparing silver halides and organic silver salts and blending them are described in Research Disclosure, June 1978, item 17029, U.S. Patents 3,700,458 (Lindholm) and 4,076,539 (Ikenoue et al.), and Japan Kokai 49-013224 (Fuji), 50-017216 (Fuji), and 51-042529 (Fuji).
The silver halide grains used in the imaging formulations can vary in average diameter of up to several micrometers (μιτι) depending on the desired use. Preferred silver halide grains for use in preformed emulsions containing silver carboxylates are cubic grains having a number average particle size of from about 0.01 to about 1.0 um, more preferred are those having a number average particle size of from about 0.03 to about 0.1 um. It is even more preferred that the grains have a number average particle size of 0.06 μιτι or less, and preferred that they have a number average particle size of from about 0.03 to about 0.06 um. Mixtures of grains of various average particle size can also be used. Preferred
silver halide grains for high-speed photothermographic constructions use are tabular grains having an average thickness of at least 0.02 μηι and up to and including 0.10 μηι, an equivalent circular diameter of at least 0.5 μιη and up to and including 8 μιη and an aspect ratio of at least 5: 1. More preferred are those having an average thickness of at least 0.03 μιη and up to and including 0.08 μιη, an equivalent circular diameter of at least 0.75 μιη and up to and including 6 μιη and an aspect ratio of at least 10: 1.
The average size of the photosensitive silver halide grains is expressed by the average diameter if the grains are spherical, and by the average of the diameters of equivalent circles for the projected images if the grains are cubic or in other non-spherical shapes. Representative grain sizing methods are described in Particle Size Analysis, ASTM Symposium on Light Microscopy, R. P. Loveland, 1955, pp. 94-122, and in C. E. K. Mees and T. H. James, The Theory of the Photographic Process, Third Edition, Macmillan, New York, 1966, Chapter 2. Particle size measurements may be expressed in terms of the projected areas of grains or approximations of their diameters. These will provide reasonably accurate results if the grains of interest are substantially uniform in shape.
The one or more light-sensitive silver halides are preferably present in an amount of from about 0.005 to about 0.5 mole, more preferably from about 0.01 to about 0.25 mole, and preferably from about 0.03 to about 0.15 mole, per mole of non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions.
Chemical Sensitization:
The photosensitive silver halides can be chemically sensitized using any useful compound that contains sulfur, tellurium, or selenium, or may comprise a compound containing gold, platinum, palladium, ruthenium, rhodium, iridium, or combinations thereof, a reducing agent such as a tin halide or a combination of any of these. The details of these materials are provided for example, in T. H. James, The Theory of the Photographic Process, Fourth Edition, 'Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, NY, 1977, Chapter 5, pp. 149-169.
Suitable conventional chemical sensitization procedures are also described in U.S.
Patents 1,623,499 (Sheppard et al.), 2,399,083 (Waller et al.), 3,297,446 (Dunn), 3,297,447 (McVeigh), 5,049,485 (Deaton), 5,252,455 (Deaton), 5,391,727 (Deaton), 5,759,761 (Lushington et al.), and 5,912,111 (Lok et al.), and
EP 0 915 371A1 (Lok et al.).
Mercaptotetrazoles and tetraazindenes as described in U.S. Patent
5,691,127 (Daubendiek et al.) can also be used as suitable addenda for tabular silver halide grains. Certain substituted and unsubstituted thiourea compounds can be used as chemical sensitizers including those described in U.S. Patent 6,368,779 (Lynch et al.). Still other additional chemical sensitizers include certain tellurium-containing compounds that are described in U.S. Patent 6,699,647
(Lynch et al.), and certain selenium-containing compounds that are described in U.S. Patent 6,620,577 (Lynch et al.). Combinations of gold(III)-containing compounds and either sulfur-, tellurium-, or selenium-containing compounds are also useful as chemical sensitizers as described in U.S. Patent 6,423,481 (Simpson et al.). In addition, sulfur-containing compounds can be decomposed on silver halide grains in an oxidizing environment according to the teaching in U.S. Patent 5,891,615 (Winslow et al.). Examples of sulfur-containing compounds that can be used in this fashion include sulfur-containing spectral sensitizing dyes. Other useful sulfur-containing chemical sensitizing compounds that can be decomposed in an oxidizing environment are the diphenylphosphine sulfide compounds described in U.S. Patents 7,026,105 (Simpson et al.), 7,063,941 (Burleva et al.), and 7,087,366 (Burleva et al.).
The chemical sensitizers can be present in conventional amounts that generally depend upon the average size of the silver halide grains. Generally, the total amount is at least 10"10 mole per mole of total silver, and preferably from about 10 -"8 to about 10 -"2 mole per mole of total silver for silver halide grains having an average size of from about 0.01 to about 1 μιη.
Spectral Sensitization:
The photosensitive silver halides may be spectrally sensitized with one or more spectral sensitizing dyes that are known to enhance silver halide sensitivity to ultraviolet, visible, and/or infrared radiation (that is, sensitivity
within the range of from about 300 to about 1400 nm). It is preferred that the photosensitive silver halide be sensitized to infrared radiation (that is from about 700 to about 950 nm). Non-limiting examples of spectral sensitizing dyes that can be employed include cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, complex cyanine dyes, complex merocyanine dyes, holopolar cyanine dyes, hemicyanine dyes, styryl dyes, and hemioxanol dyes. They may be added at any stage in the preparation of the photothermographic emulsion, but are generally added after chemical sensitization is achieved.
Suitable spectral sensitizing dyes such as those described in U.S. Patents 3,719,495 (Lea), 4,396,712 (Kinoshita et al.), 4,439,520 (Kofron et al.), 4,690,883 (Kubodera et al.), 4,840,882 (Iwagaki et al.), 5,064,753 (Kohno et al.), 5,281,515 (Delprato et al.), 5,393,654 (Burrows et al.), 5,441,866 (Miller et al.), 5,508,162 (Dankosh), 5,510,236 (Dankosh), and 5,541,054 (Miller et al.), Japan Kokai 2000-063690 (Tanaka et al.), 2000-112054 (Fukusaka et al.), 2000-273329 (Tanaka et al.), 2001-005145 (Arai), 2001-064527 (Oshiyama et al.), and 2001-154305 (Kita et al.) can be used. Useful spectral sensitizing dyes are also described in Research Disclosure, December 1989, item 308119, Section IV and Research Disclosure, 1994, item 36544, section V. Specific combinations of spectral sensitizing dyes are shown in U.S. Patents 4,581,329 (Sugimoto et al.), 4,582,786 (Ikeda et al.), 4,609,621 (Sugimoto et al.), 4,675,279 (Shuto et al.), 4,678,741 (Yamada et al.), 4,720,451 (Shuto et al.), 4,818,675 (Miyasaka et al.), 4,945,036 (Arai et al.), and 4,952,491 (Nishikawa et al.).
Also useful are spectral sensitizing dyes that decolorize by the action of light or heat as described in U.S. Patent 4,524,128 (Edwards et al.) and Japanese Kokai 2001-109101 (Adachi), 2001-154305 (Kita et al.), and
2001-183770 (Hanyu et al.).
Dyes and other compounds may be selected for the purpose of supersensitization to attain much higher sensitivity than the sum of sensitivities that can be achieved by using a sensitizer alone. Examples of such
supersensitizers include the metal chelating compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,873,184 (Simpson), the large cyclic compounds featuring a heteroatom
disclosed in U.S. Patent 6,475,710 (Kudo et al.), the stilbene compounds disclosed in EP 0 821 271 (Uytterhoeven et al.).
An appropriate amount of spectral sensitizing dye added is generally about 10 -"10 to 10-"1 mole, and preferably, about 10 -"7 to 10-"2 mole per mole of silver halide.
Non-Photosensitive Source of Reducible Silver Ions:
The non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions in the thermally developable materials is a silver-organic compound that contains reducible silver(I) ions. Such compounds are generally silver salts of silver organic coordinating ligands that are comparatively stable to light and form a silver image when heated to 50°C or higher in the presence of an exposed photocatalyst (such as silver halide), and a reducing agent composition.
The primary organic silver salt is a silver salt of a long chain aliphatic carboxylic acid (prepared as described herein). Mixtures of silver salts of such aliphatic carboxylic acids are particularly useful where the mixture includes at least silver behenate. The carboxylic acids from which these silver salts are prepared are also often referred to as "fatty carboxylic acids" or "long chain fatty carboxylic acids", or long chain carboxylates.
Useful silver carboxylates include silver salts of long-chain aliphatic carboxylic acids. The aliphatic carboxylic acids generally have aliphatic chains that contain 10 to 30, and preferably 15 to 28, carbon atoms. Examples of such preferred silver salts include silver behenate, silver arachidate, silver stearate, silver oleate, silver laurate, silver caprate, silver myristate, silver palmitate, silver maleate, silver fumarate, silver tartarate, silver furoate, silver linoleate, silver butyrate, silver camphorate, and mixtures thereof. Preferably, at least silver behenate is used alone or in mixtures with other silver carboxylates. These silver salts are often referred to as "silver salts of fatty carboxylic acids", "silver salts of long chain carboxylic acids", or more simply as "silver carboxylates".
Dispersions of these materials are known as "silver carboxylate soaps" or "silver soaps".
In some embodiments, a combination of one or more saturated long chain fatty acids and one or more unsaturated long chain fatty acids may be used as long-chain aliphatic carboxylic acids. The unsaturated acids may have chain lengths ranging from C 14 to C24, with from one to six unsaturated double bonds. The concentration of the unsaturated acids may be in the range of about 0.1 to about 10 wt % of the total amount of long-chain aliphatic carboxylic acids, or about 0.1 to about 5 wt% of the total amount of long-chain aliphatic carboxylic acids, or about 0.1 to about 2 wt % of the total amount of long-chain aliphatic carboxylic acids. Exemplary unsaturated long chain fatty acids are myristoleic acid, palmitoleic acid, sapienic acid, oleic acid, vaccenic acid, elaidic acid, linoleic acid, a-linolenic acid, stearidonic acid, paullinic acid, gondoic acid, dihomo-y-linoleic acid, mead acid, arachidonic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid, erucic acid, docosatetraenoic acid, dososahexaenoic acid, and nervonic acid.
It is also convenient to use silver half soaps such as an equimolar blend of silver carboxylate and carboxylic acid that analyzes for about 14.5% by weight solids of silver in the blend. Such silver half-soaps can be prepared using the methods described herein.
Silver salts other than the silver carboxylates described above can also be prepared and used as described herein. Such silver salts include silver salts of aliphatic carboxylic acids containing a thioether group as described in U.S. Patent 3,330,663 (Weyde et al.).
In addition to the long chain silver carboxylates prepared by the methods described herein minor amounts of other silver salts can be added such as silver salts of dicarboxylic acids, silver salts of sulfonates as described in
U.S. Patent 4,504,575 (Lee), silver salts of sulfosuccinates as described in
EP 0 227 141A1 (Leenders et al.), silver salts of aryl carboxylic acids (such as silver benzoate), silver salts of acetylenes as described, for example in U.S.
Patents 4,761,361 (Ozaki et al.) and 4,775,613 (Hirai et al.), and silver salts of heterocyclic compounds containing mercapto or thione groups and derivatives as described in U.S. Patents 4,123,274 (Knight et al.) and 3,785,830 (Sullivan et al.). Additional sources of non-photosensitive reducible silver ions include the core-shell silver salts described in U.S. Patent 6,355,408 (Whitcomb et al.), the
silver dimer compounds described in U.S. Patent 6,472, 131 (Whitcomb), or the silver core-shell compounds described in U.S. Patent 6,803, 177 (Bokhonov et al.). Still further additional sources of non-photosensitive reducible silver ions are the silver salts of compounds containing an imino group including silver salts of benzotriazole and substituted derivatives thereof, silver salts of 1,2,4-triazoles or 1-H-tetrazoles as described in U.S. Patent 4,220,709 (deMauriac), silver salts of imidazoles and imidazole derivatives as described in U.S. Patent 4,260,677 (Winslow et al.), and the silver salt-toner co-precipitated nano-crystals described in U.S Patent 7,008,748 (Hasberg et al.).
The one or more non-photosensitive sources of reducible silver ions are preferably present in an amount of from about 5% to about 70%, and more preferably from about 10% to about 50%, based on the total dry weight of the emulsion layers. Alternatively stated, the amount of the sources of reducible silver ions is generally from about 0.002 to about 0.2 mol/m of the dry photo- thermographic material (preferably from about 0.01 to about 0.05 mol/m ).
The total amount of silver (from all silver sources) in the photo- thermographic materials is generally at least 0.002 mol/m , preferably from about
2
0.01 to about 0.05 mol/m , and more preferably from about 0.01 to about
2
0.02 mol/m . In other aspects, it is desirable to use total silver (from both silver halide and reducible silver salts) at a coating weight of less than 2.6 g/m ,
2
preferably at least 1 but less than 1.9 g/m .
Preparation of Silver Carboxylate and Silver Halide/Silver Carboxylate Soaps
At least one embodiment provides a method comprising:
(A) providing an aqueous solution of one or more alkali metal hydroxides at a temperature above the melting points of a plurality of long chain carboxylic acids,
(B) adding the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids to the aqueous solution to form a dispersion, maintaining the temperature of the dispersion above the melting points of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids and below the boiling point of the dispersion, thereby
converting at least a portion of the long chain carboxylic acids to one or more alkali metal salts of the long chain carboxylic acids,
(C) cooling the dispersion, and thereafter,
(D) converting the mixture of the long chain alkali metal salts of the long chain carboxylic acids to a silver soap of the long chain carboxylic acids,
where the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises from about 0.1 wt % to about 10 wt % unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids.
At least another embodiment provides a method comprising:
(A) preparing a dispersion of a plurality of long chain carboxylic acids in water, with no alkali or ammonia salt of the acid present in the dispersion while the long chain carboxylic acids are maintained above their melting points but below the boiling point of the dispersion,
(B) converting at least a portion of the long chain carboxylic acids to one or more alkali metal salts of the long chain carboxylic acids by the addition of one or more alkali metal hydroxides,
(C) cooling the dispersion, and thereafter,
(D) converting the mixture of the long chain alkali metal salts of the long chain carboxylic acids to a silver soap of the long chain carboxylic acids,
where the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises from about 0.1 wt % to about 10 wt % unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids.
The silver soaps of long chain carboxylic acids prepared by the methods described herein can be used to prepare direct thermographic emulsions. Coating formulations comprising these emulsions, a binder, and a developer can be coated to prepare thermographic materials.
In one embodiment this method further comprises adding preformed silver halide grains at any step in the process of preparing the silver soap of the long chain carboxylic acid to form a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap.
In a preferred embodiment, the method further comprises forming a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap by the addition of silver halide grains prior to
the conversion of the mixture of alkali metal salts of the long chain carboxylic acid to its silver salt. The silver halide grains may be added before one or more alkali metal hydroxide solutions, between the addition of two or more alkali metal hydroxide solutions, or after the addition of one or more alkali metal hydroxide solutions. It is more preferred that the silver halide grains be preformed and added after all of the alkali metal hydroxide solutions.
The silver halide/silver carboxylate soaps prepared by the methods described herein can be used to prepare photothermo graphic emulsions. Coating formulations comprising these emulsions, a binder, and a developer can be coated to prepare photothermographic materials.
If more than one metal hydroxide solutions are being added, the time between the sequential additions of the metal hydroxide solutions is not critical, but sufficient time should be allowed after the addition of the first metal hydroxide solution for the carboxylic acid to be converted to the first alkali metal salt before adding the second metal hydroxide. Preferably the time between additions of the metal hydroxide solutions should be between about 1 and 60 minutes and more preferably between 5 and 30 minutes, and preferably between 10 and 20 minutes.
This method provides high yields of silver carboxylate and silver halide/silver carboxylate soaps due to the extremely low solubility of the silver soap in water. The precipitated silver soaps can be readily collected by filtration. When used to prepare silver halide/silver carboxylate soaps, washing with water readily removes the water soluble alkali metal nitrates formed as byproducts.
While not completely understood, we believe that our method of preparing silver soaps of long chain carboxylate acids makes use of the Krafft temperatures of the various alkali metal soaps of long chain carboxylic acids. The Krafft temperature refers to the temperature at which the solubility of a dispersion of an alkali metal soap of a long chain carboxylic acid undergoes a sharp, discontinuous increase with increasing temperature. The solubility of the alkali metal soap of the long chain carboxylic acid will increase slowly with an increase in temperature up to the temperature point at which the solubility exhibits an extremely sharp rise. The temperature corresponding to the sharp rise in solubility
is the Krafft temperature. Above the Krafft temperature, the alkali metal soap of the long chain carboxylic acid solution becomes a homogeneous phase. Most alkali metal (and ammonium) soaps of long chain carboxylic acids have a Krafft temperature below the boiling point of the solvent used for preparing the dispersion and if heated above the Krafft temperature will form a homogenous solution.
Upon heating an aqueous dispersion of long chain carboxylic acid(s) the acid melts and forms an oil-in-water dispersion of the acid. Addition of an alkali metal hydroxide forms alkali metal soap crystals of the long chain carboxylic acid. If the temperature of the dispersion is below the Krafft temperature of the alkali metal soap of the long chain carboxylic acid, the acid will be converted to its alkali metal soap. If the temperature at which the alkali metal hydroxide is added is above the Krafft temperature of the alkali metal soap of the long chain carboxylic acid, the acid will be converted to a solution of its alkali metal long chain carboxylate. Cooling below the Krafft temperature will regenerate the alkali metal soap crystals of the long chain carboxylic acid.
For special considerations when using lithium soaps, please refer to U.S. Patent 7,524,621 (Burleva et al.), which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Reducing Agent:
The reducing agent (or reducing agent composition comprising two or more components) for the source of reducible silver ions can be any material (preferably an organic material) that can reduce silver (1+) ion to metallic silver. The "reducing agent" is sometimes called a "developer" or "developing agent".
When a silver carboxylate silver source is used in a photothermo- graphic material, one or more hindered phenol or hindered bis-phenol reducing agents are preferred. In some instances, the reducing agent composition comprises two or more components such as a hindered phenol or hindered bis-phenol developer and a co-developer that can be chosen from the various classes of co-developers and reducing agents described below. Ternary developer mixtures involving the further addition of contrast enhancing agents are also
useful. Such contrast enhancing agents can be chosen from the various classes of reducing agents described below.
"Hindered phenol reducing agents" are compounds that contain only one hydroxy group on a given phenyl ring and have at least one additional substituent located ortho to the hydroxy group.
One type of hindered phenol reducing agents is hindered phenols and hindered naphthols. This type of hindered phenol includes, for example, 2,6-di-i-butyl-4-methylphenol, 2,6-di-i-butyl-4-bemzylphenol 2-benzyl-4-methyl- 6-i-butylphenol, 2,4-dimethyl-6-(l'-methylcyclohexyl)phenol, and
3.5- bis(l,l-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxy-benzenepropanoic acid
2.2- bis [ [3 - [3 ,5-bis( 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl] - 1 -oxopropoxy] methyl] -
1.3- propanediyl ester (IRGANOX® 1010).
Another type of hindered phenol reducing agent includes hindered bis-phenols. "Hindered bis-phenols" contain more than one hydroxy group each of which is located on a different phenyl ring. This type of hindered phenol includes, for example, binaphthols (that is dihydroxybinaphthyls), biphenols (that is dihydroxybiphenyls), bis(hydroxynaphthyl)methanes, bis(hydroxyphenyl)- methanes, bis(hydroxyphenyl)ethers, bis(hydroxyphenyl)sulfones, and bis(hydroxyphenyl)thioethers, each of which may have additional substituents.
Particularly useful hindered bis-phenol reducing agents are bis(hydroxyphenyl)methanes such as, bis(2-hydroxy-3-i-butyl-5-methyl- phenyl)methane, l,l'-bis(2-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)-3,5,5-trimethylhexane bis[2-hydroxy-3-(l-methylcyclohexyl)-5-methylphenyl)methane,
2.6- bis[(2-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)methyl]-4-methylphenol,
l,l'-bis(2-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)isobutane, and 2,6-bis[(2-hydroxy- 3,5-dimethylphenyl)methyl]-4-methylphenol. Such hindered bis-phenol compounds also have at least one substituent ortho to the hydroxyl group and are often referred to as "hindered o/ /zo-bis-phenols".
Additional useful reducing agents include bis-phenols having non-aromatic cyclic groups attached to the linking methylene group as described for example, in U.S. Patent 6,699,649 (Nishijima et al.), bis-phenols having cycloaliphatic or alkylene groups attached to the linking methylene group as
described for example in U.S. Patent 7,192,695 (Sakai et al.), and bis-phenols having secondary or tertiary substituents on the phenol rings as described for example, in U.S. Patent 6,485,898 (Yoshioka et al.).
In some embodiments, useful reducing agents are bis-phenol developers incorporating bicyclic and tricyclic substituents ortho to the hydroxyl group on the aromatic rings {ortho- bicyclic or tricyclic substituted bis-phenol developers). Such reducing agents are described in U.S. Patent 7,241,561 (Lynch et al.). Also useful are the mixture of phenolic reducing agents described in U.S. Patent Application Publication 2008/0057450 (Ulrich et al.). Additionally useful are the combinations of tris-phenol reducing agents and substituted olefinic co-developers as described in copending and commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application Publication 2008/0145801 (Zou et al.). All of the above patent documents are incorporated herein by reference.
Mixtures of hindered phenol reducing agents can be used if desired, such as the mixture of a hindered phenol and a hindered bis-phenol described in U.S. Patent 6,413,712 (Yoshioka et al.) and 6,645,714 (Oya et al.).
Still other optional reducing agents include the bis-phenol- phosphorous compounds described in U.S. Patent 6,514,684 (Suzuki et al), the bis-phenol, aromatic carboxylic acid, hydrogen bonding compound mixture described in U.S. Patent 6,787,298 (Yoshioka), and the compounds that can be one-electron oxidized to provide a one-electron oxidation product that releases one or more electrons as described in U.S. Patent 7,303,864 (Ohzeki). Still other useful reducing agents are described in U.S. Patents 3,074,809 (Owen), 3,080,254 (Grant, Jr.), 3,094,417 (Workman), 3,887,417 (Klein et al.), 4,030,931 (Noguchi et al.), and 5,981,151 (Leenders et al.).
Additional reducing agents that may be used include amidoximes, azines, a combination of aliphatic carboxylic acid aryl hydrazides and ascorbic acid, a reductone and/or a hydrazine, piperidinohexose reductone or formyl- 4-methylphenylhydrazine, hydroxamic acids, a combination of azines and sulfonamidophenols, oc-cyanophenylacetic acid derivatives, reductones, indane- 1,3-diones, chromans, 1,4-dihydropyridines, and 3-pyrazolidones.
Useful co-developer reducing agents can also be used as described in U.S. Patent 6,387,605 (Lynch et al.). Additional classes of reducing agents that can be used as co-developer reducing agents are trityl hydrazides and formyl phenyl hydrazides as described in U.S. Patent 5,496,695 (Simpson et al.),
2-substituted malondialdehyde compounds as described in U.S. Patent 5,654,130 (Murray), and 4-substituted isoxazole compounds as described in U.S. Patent 5,705,324 (Murray). Additional developers are described in U.S. Patent 6,100,022 (Inoue et al.). Yet another class of co-developers includes substituted acrylonitrile compounds such as the compounds identified as HET-01 and HET-02 in U.S. Patent 5,635,339 (Murray) and CN-01 through CN-13 in U.S. Patent 5,545,515 (Murray et al.).
Other useful co-developer reducing agents are the substituted acrylonitriles having phosphonium cations as described in U.S. Patent Application Publication 2008/0145788 (Simpson et al.) and the olefinic co-developers as described in U.S. Patent Application Publication 2008/0145801 (Zou et al.), both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Various contrast enhancing agents can be added. Such materials are useful for preparing printing plates and duplicating films useful in graphic arts, or for nucleation of medical diagnostic films. Examples of such agents are described in U.S. Patents 6,150,084 (Ito et al.), 6,620,582 (Hirabayashi), and 6,764,385 (Watanabe et al.). Certain contrast enhancing agents are preferably used in some photothermographic materials with specific co-reducing agents. Examples of useful contrast enhancing agents include, but are not limited to, hydroxylamines, alkanolamines and ammonium phthalamate compounds as described in U.S. Patent 5,545,505 (Simpson), hydroxamic acid compounds as described for example, in U.S. Patent 5,545,507 (Simpson et al.), N-acylhydrazine compounds as described in U.S. Patent 5,558,983 (Simpson et al.), and hydrogen atom donor compounds as described in U.S. Patent 5,637,449 (Harring et al.).
The reducing agent (or mixture thereof) described herein is generally present at from about 1 to about 25% (dry weight) of the photothermographic emulsion layer in which it is located. In multilayer constructions, if the reducing agent is added to a layer other than a photothermographic emulsion
layer, slightly higher proportions, of from about 2 to 35 weight % may be more desirable. Thus, the total range for the reducing agent is from about 1 to about 35 % (dry weight). Also, the reducing agent (or mixture thereof) described herein is generally present in an amount of at least 0.1 and up to and including
0.5 mol/mol of total silver in the photothermographic material, and typically in an amount of from about 0.1 to about 0.4 mol/mol of total silver. Co-developer reducing agents may be present generally in an amount of from about 0.001% to about 20% (dry weight) of the emulsion layer coating. Other Addenda:
The photothermographic materials can also contain other additives such as shelf-life stabilizers, antifoggants, toners, development accelerators, acutance dyes, post-processing stabilizers or stabilizer precursors, thermal solvents (also known as melt formers), antistatic or conductive layers, and other image-modifying agents as would be readily apparent to one skilled in the art.
Suitable stabilizers that can be used alone or in combination include thiazolium salts as described in U.S. Patents 2,131,038 (Brooker) and 2,694,716 (Allen), azaindenes as described in U.S. Patent 2,886,437 (Piper), triazaindolizines as described in U.S. Patent 2,444,605 (Heimbach), the urazoles described in U.S. Patent 3,287,135 (Anderson), sulfocatechols as described in U.S. Patent 3,235,652 (Kennard), the oximes described in GB 623,448 (Carrol et al.), polyvalent metal salts as described in U.S. Patent 2,839,405 (Jones), thiuronium salts as described in U.S. Patent 3,220,839 (Herz), palladium, platinum, and gold salts as described in U.S. Patents 2,566,263 (Trirelli) and 2,597,915 (Damshroder), and the hetero aromatic mercapto compounds or heteroaromatic disulfide compounds described in EP 0 559 228B 1 (Philip et al.).
Heteroaromatic mercapto compounds are preferred. Preferred heteroaromatic mercapto compounds include 2-mercaptobenzimidazole,
2-mercapto-5-methylbenzimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole and 2-mercapto- benzoxazole, and mixtures thereof. A heteroaromatic mercapto compound is generally present in an emulsion layer in an amount of at least 0.0001 mole
(preferably from about 0.001 to about 1.0 mole) per mole of total silver in the emulsion layer.
Other useful antifoggants/stabilizers are described in U.S. Patent 6,083,681 (Lynch et al.). Still other antifoggants are hydrobromic acid salts of heterocyclic compounds (such as pyridinium hydrobromide perbromide) as described in U.S. Patent 5,028,523 (Skoug), benzoyl acid compounds as described in U.S. Patent 4,784,939 (Pham), substituted propenenitrile compounds as described in U.S. Patent 5,686,228 (Murray et al.), silyl blocked compounds as described in U.S. Patent 5,358,843 (Sakizadeh et al.), the 1,3-diaryl-substituted urea compounds described in U.S. Patent 7,261,999 (Hunt et al.), and tribromo- methylketones as described in EP 0 600 587A1 (Oliff et al.).
Additives useful as stabilizers for improving dark stability and desktop print stability are the various boron compounds described in U.S. Patent Application Publication 2006/0141404 (Philip et al.). The boron compounds are preferably added in an amount of from about 0.010 to about 0.50 g/m .
Also useful as stabilizers for improving the post-processing print stability of the imaged material to heat during storage (known as "hot-dark print stability") are arylboronic acid compounds as described in U.S. Patent 7,255,928 (Chen-Ho et al.) and sulfonyldiphenols as described in U.S. Patent 7,258,967 (Sakizadeh et al.), both incorporated herein by reference.
The photothermographic materials preferably also include one or more polyhalogen stabilizers that can be represented by the formula
Q-(Y)n-C(ZiZ2X) wherein, Q represents an alkyl, aryl (including heteroaryl) or heterocyclic group, Y represents a divalent linking group, n represents 0 or 1, Zi and Z2 each represents a halogen atom, and X represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an electron-withdrawing group. Particularly useful compounds of this type are polyhalogen stabilizers wherein Q represents an aryl group, Y represents (C=0) or S02, n is 1, and Zi, Z2, and X each represent a bromine atom. Examples of such compounds containing -S02CBr3 groups are described in U.S. Patents 3,874,946 (Costa et al.), 5,369,000 (Sakizadeh et al.), 5,374,514 (Kirk et al.), 5,460,938 (Kirk et al.), 5,464,747 (Sakizadeh et al.) and 5,594,143 (Kirk et al.). Examples of such compounds include, but are not limited to,
2-tribromomethylsulfonyl-5-methyl- 1 ,3 ,4-thiadiazole, 2-tribromomethylsulfonyl- pyridine, 2-tribromomethylsulfonylquinoline, and 2-tribromomethylsulfonyl- benzene. The polyhalogen stabilizers can be present in one or more layers in a total amount of from about 0.005 to about 0.01 mol/mol of total silver, and preferably from about 0.01 to about 0.05 mol/mol of total silver.
Stabilizer precursor compounds capable of releasing stabilizers upon application of heat during imaging can also be used, as described in U.S. Patents 5,158,866 (Simpson et al.), 5,175,081 (Krepski et al.), 5,298,390
(Sakizadeh et al.), and 5,300,420 (Kenney et al.). Also useful are the blocked aliphatic thiol compounds described in U.S. Patent 7,169,543 (Ramsden et al.).
In addition, certain substituted-sulfonyl derivatives of benzo- triazoles may be used as stabilizing compounds as described in U.S. Patent 6,171,767 (Kong et al.).
"Toners" or derivatives thereof that improve the image are desirable components of the photothermographic materials. These compounds, when added to the imaging layer, shift the color of the image from yellowish- orange to brown-black or blue-black. Generally, one or more toners described herein are present in an amount of from about 0.01% to about 10% (more preferably from about 0.1% to about 10%), based on the total dry weight of the layer in which the toner is included. Toners may be incorporated in the photothermographic emulsion or in an adjacent non-imaging layer.
Compounds useful as toners are described in U.S. Patents
3,080,254 (Grant, Jr.), 3,847,612 (Winslow), 4,123,282 (Winslow), 4,082,901 (Laridon et al.), 3,074,809 (Owen), 3,446,648 (Workman), 3,844,797 (Willems et al.), 3,951,660 (Hagemann et al.), 5,599,647 (Defieuw et al.) and GB 1,439,478 (AGFA).
Additional useful toners are substituted and unsubstituted mercaptotriazoles as described in U.S. Patents 3,832,186 (Masuda et al.), 6,165,704 (Miyake et al.), 5,149,620 (Simpson et al.), 6,713,240 (Lynch et al.), and 6,841,343 (Lynch et al.).
Phthalazine and phthalazine derivatives [such as those described in U.S. Patent 6,146,822 (Asanuma et al.)], phthalazinone, and phthalazinone derivatives are particularly useful toners.
Useful phthalazinone compounds are those having sufficient solubility to completely dissolve in the formulation from which they are coated. Preferred phthalazinone compounds include 6,7-dimethoxy-l-(2H)-phthalazinone, 4-(4-pentylphenyl)- l-(2H)-phthalazinone, and 4-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)- l-(2H)-phthalazinone. Mixtures of such phthalazinone compounds can be used if desired.
The addition of development accelerators that increase the rate of image development and allow reduction in silver coating weight is also useful. Suitable development accelerators include phenols, naphthols, and hydrazine- carboxamides. Such compounds are described, for example, in Y. Yoshioka, K. Yamane, T. Ohzeki, Development of Rapid Dry Photothermographic Materials with Water-Base Emulsion Coating Method, AgX 2004: The International
Symposium on Silver Halide Technology "At the Forefront of Silver Halide Imaging", Final Program and Proceedings of IS&T and SPSTJ, Ventura, CA, Sept. 13-15, 2004, pp. 28-31, Society for Imaging Science and Technology, Springfield, VA, U.S. Patents 6,566,042 (Goto et al.), 7,129,032 (Mori et a.), and 7,267,934 (Gogo), and U.S. Patent Application Publications 2004/234906 (Ohzeki et al.) and 2005/048422 (Nakagawa).
Thermal solvents (or melt formers) can also be used, including combinations of such compounds (for example, a combination of succinimide and dimethylurea). Thermal solvents are compounds which are solids at ambient temperature but which melt at the temperature used for processing. The thermal solvent acts as a solvent for various components of the photothermographic material, it helps to accelerate thermal development and it provides the medium for diffusion of various materials including silver ions and/or complexes and reducing agents. Known thermal solvents are disclosed in U.S. Patents 3,438,776 (Yudelson), 5,064,753 (noted above) 5,250,386 (Aono et al.), 5,368,979
(Freedman et al.), 5,716,772 (Taguchi et al.), and 6,013,420 (Windender).
Thermal solvents are also described in U.S. Patent 7,169,544 (Chen-Ho et al.).
The photothermographic materials can also include one or more image stabilizing compounds that are usually incorporated in a "backside" layer. Such compounds can include phthalazinone and its derivatives, pyridazine and its derivatives, benzoxazine and benzoxazine derivatives, benzothiazine dione and its derivatives, and quinazoline dione and its derivatives, particularly as described in U.S. Patent 6,599,685 (Kong). Other useful backside image stabilizers include anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, naphthalic acid imide compounds, pyrazoline compounds, or compounds described in U.S. Patent 6,465,162 (Kong et al) and GB 1,565,043 (Fuji Photo).
Phosphors are materials that emit infrared, visible, or ultraviolet radiation upon excitation and can be incorporated into the photothermographic materials. Particularly useful phosphors are sensitive to X-radiation and emit radiation primarily in the ultraviolet, near-ultraviolet, or visible regions of the spectrum (that is, from about 100 to about 700 nm). An intrinsic phosphor is a material that is naturally (that is, intrinsically) phosphorescent. An "activated" phosphor is one composed of a basic material that may or may not be an intrinsic phosphor, to which one or more dopant(s) has been intentionally added. These dopants or activators "activate" the phosphor and cause it to emit ultraviolet or visible radiation. Multiple dopants may be used and thus the phosphor would include both "activators" and "co-activators".
Any conventional or useful phosphor can be used, singly or in mixtures. For example, useful phosphors are described in numerous references relating to fluorescent intensifying screens as well as U.S. Patents 6,440,649 (Simpson et al.) and 6,573,033 (Simpson et al.) that are directed to photothermographic materials. Some particularly useful phosphors are primarily "activated" phosphors known as phosphate phosphors and borate phosphors. Examples of these phosphors are rare earth phosphates, yttrium phosphates, strontium phosphates, or strontium fluoroborates (including cerium activated rare earth or yttrium phosphates, or europium activated strontium fluoroborates) as described in U.S. Patent 7,074,549 (Simpson et al.).
The one or more phosphors can be present in the photothermo- graphic materials in an amount of at least 0.1 mole per mole, and preferably from about 0.5 to about 20 mole, per mole of total silver in the photothermographic material. As noted above, generally, the amount of total silver is at least
0.002 mol/m . While the phosphors can be incorporated into any imaging layer on one or both sides of the support, it is preferred that they be in the same layer(s) as the photosensitive silver halide(s) on one or both sides of the support.
Binders:
The photosensitive silver halide, the non-photosensitive source of reducible silver ions prepared as described herein, the reducing agent composition, and any other imaging layer additives are generally combined with one or more binders that are generally hydrophobic or hydrophilic in nature. Thus, either aqueous or organic solvent-based formulations can be used to prepare the thermally developable materials. Mixtures of either or both types of binders can also be used. It is preferred that the binder be selected from predominantly hydrophobic polymeric materials (at least 50 dry weight % of total binders) and that the imaging layer formulation (and other layer formulations) is coated out of one or more organic solvents (described below).
Examples of typical hydrophobic binders include polyvinyl acetals, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetate, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, polyolefins, polyesters, polystyrenes, polyacrylonitrile, polycarbonates, methacrylate copolymers, maleic anhydride ester copolymers, butadiene- styrene copolymers, and other materials readily apparent to one skilled in the art.
Copolymers (including terpolymers) are also included in the definition of polymers. The polyvinyl acetals (such as polyvinyl butyral, polyvinyl acetal, and polyvinyl formal) and vinyl copolymers (such as polyvinyl acetate and polyvinyl chloride) are particularly preferred. Particularly suitable hydrophobic binders are polyvinyl butyral resins that are available under the names MOWITAL® (Kuraray America, Houston, TX), S-LEC® (Sekisui Chemical Company, Troy, MI),
BUTVAR® (Eastman Chemical Company, Kingsport, TN) and PIOLOFORM® (Kuraray America, Houston, TX).
Hydrophilic binders or water-dispersible polymeric latex polymers can also be present in the formulations. Examples of useful hydrophilic binders include, but are not limited to, proteins and protein derivatives, gelatin and gelatin-like derivatives (hardened or unhardened), cellulosic materials such as hydroxymethyl cellulose and cellulosic esters, acrylamide/methacrylamide polymers, acrylic/methacrylic polymers polyvinyl pyrrolidones, polyvinyl alcohols, poly(vinyl lactams), polymers of sulfoalkyl acrylate or methacrylates, hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetates, polyacrylamides, polysaccharides and other synthetic or naturally occurring vehicles commonly known for use in aqueous- based photographic emulsions (see for example, Research Disclosure, item 38957, noted above). Cationic starches can also be used as a peptizer for tabular silver halide grains as described in U.S. Patents 5,620,840 (Maskasky) and 5,667,955 (Maskasky).
One embodiment of the polymers capable of being dispersed in aqueous solvent includes hydrophobic polymers such as acrylic polymers, polyester, rubber (for example, SBR resin), polyurethane, poly(vinyl chloride), poly(vinyl acetate), poly(vinylidene chloride), polyolefin, and the like. As the polymers above, usable are straight chain polymers, branched polymers, or crosslinked polymers. Also usable are the so-called homopolymers in which single monomer is polymerized, or copolymers in which two or more types of monomers are polymerized. In the case of a copolymer, it may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer. The molecular weight of these polymers is, in number average molecular weight, in the range from 5,000 to 1,000,000, preferably from 10,000 to 200,000. Those having too small molecular weight exhibit insufficient mechanical strength on forming the image-forming layer, and those having too large molecular weight are also not preferred because the filming properties result poor. Further, crosslinking polymer latexes are particularly preferred for use.
Styrene-butadiene copolymers are particularly preferable as the polymer latex for use as a binder. The weight ratio of monomer unit for styrene to that of butadiene constituting the styrene-butadiene copolymer is preferably in the range of from 40:60 to 95:5. Further, the monomer unit of styrene and that of
butadiene preferably account for 60% by weight to 99% by weight with respect to the copolymer. Moreover, the polymer latex contains acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, preferably, in the range from 1% by weight to 6% by weight, and more preferably, from 2% by weight to 5% by weight, with respect to the total weight of the monomer unit of styrene and that of butadiene. The preferred range of the molecular weight is the same as that described above.
Preferred latexes include styrene (50)-butadiene (47)-methacrylic acid (3), styrene (60)-butadiene (35)-divinylbenzene-methyl methacrylate (3)- methacrylic acid (2), styrene (70.5)-butadiene (26.5)-acrylic acid (3) and commercially available LACSTAR-3307B, 7132C, and Nipol Lx416. Such latexes are described in U.S. Patent 7,192,695 (noted above).
Hardeners for various binders may be present if desired. Useful hardeners are well known and include diisocyanate compounds as described in EP 0 600 586 B l (Philip, Jr. et al.), vinyl sulfone compounds as described in U.S. Patent 6,143,487 (Philip, Jr. et al.) and EP 0 640 589 Al (Gathmann et al.), aldehydes and various other hardeners as described in U.S. Patent 6,190,822 (Dicker son et al.). The hydrophilic binders used in the photo thermographic materials are generally partially or fully hardened using any conventional hardener. Useful hardeners are well known and are described, for example, in T. H. James, The Theory of the Photographic Process, Fourth Edition, Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, NY, 1977, Chapter 2, pp. 77-8.
Where the proportions and activities of the photothermographic materials require a particular developing time and temperature, the binder(s) should be able to withstand those conditions. When a hydrophobic binder is used, it is preferred that the binder (or mixture thereof) does not decompose or lose its structural integrity at 120°C for 60 seconds. When a hydrophilic binder is used, it is preferred that the binder does not decompose or lose its structural integrity at 150°C for 60 seconds. It is more preferred that the binder not decompose or lose its structural integrity at 177°C for 60 seconds.
The polymer binder(s) is used in an amount sufficient to carry the components dispersed therein. Preferably, a binder is used at a level of from about 10% to about 90% by weight (more preferably at a level of from about 20% to
about 70% by weight) based on the total dry weight of the layer. It is particularly useful that the photothermographic materials include at least 50 weight % hydrophobic binders in both imaging and non-imaging layers on both sides of the support (and particularly the imaging side of the support).
Support Materials:
The photothermographic materials comprise a polymeric support that is preferably a flexible, transparent film that has any desired thickness and is composed of one or more polymeric materials. They are required to exhibit dimensional stability during thermal development and to have suitable adhesive properties with overlying layers. Useful polymeric materials for making such supports include polyesters [such as poly(ethylene terephthalate) and
poly(ethylene naphthalate)], cellulose acetate and other cellulose esters, polyvinyl acetal, polyolefins, polycarbonates, and polystyrenes. Preferred supports are composed of polymers having good heat stability, such as polyesters and polycarbonates. Support materials may also be treated or annealed to reduce shrinkage and promote dimensional stability.
Also useful are transparent, multilayer, polymeric supports comprising numerous alternating layers of at least two different polymeric materials as described in U.S. Patent 6,630,283 (Simpson et al.). Another support comprises dichroic mirror layers as described in U.S. Patent 5,795,708 (Boutet).
Opaque supports can also be used, such as dyed polymeric films and resin-coated papers that are stable to high temperatures.
Support materials can contain various colorants, pigments, antihalation or acutance dyes if desired. For example, the support can include one or more dyes that provide a blue color in the resulting imaged film. Support materials may be treated using conventional procedures (such as corona discharge) to improve adhesion of overlying layers, or subbing or other adhesion- promoting layers can be used.
Photothermographic Formulations and Constructions:
An organic solvent-based coating formulation for the photothermographic emulsion layer(s) can be prepared by mixing the various components with one or more binders in a suitable organic solvent system that usually includes one or more solvents such as toluene, 2-butanone (methyl ethyl ketone), acetone, or tetrahydrofuran, or mixtures thereof. Methyl ethyl ketone is a preferred coating solvent.
Alternatively, the desired imaging components can be formulated with a hydrophilic binder (such as gelatin, or a gelatin-derivative), or a hydrophobic water-dispersible polymer latex (such as a styrene-butadiene latex) in water or water-organic solvent mixtures to provide aqueous-based coating formulations.
The photothermographic materials can contain plasticizers and lubricants such as poly(alcohols) and diols as described in U.S. Patent 2,960,404 (Milton et al.), fatty acids or esters as described in U.S. Patents 2,588,765
(Robijns) and 3,121,060 (Duane), and silicone resins as described in GB 955,061 (DuPont). The materials can also contain inorganic and organic matting agents as described in U.S. Patents 2,992,101 (Jelley et al.) and 2,701,245 (Lynn).
Polymeric fluorinated surfactants may also be useful in one or more layers as described in U.S. Patent 5,468,603 (Kub).
The photothermographic materials may also include a surface protective layer over the one or more emulsion layers. Layers to reduce emissions from the material may also be present, including the polymeric barrier layers described in U.S. Patents 6,352,819 (Kenney et al.), 6,352,820 (Bauer et al.), 6,420,102 (Bauer et al.), 6,667,148 (Rao et al.), and 6,746,831 (Hunt).
U.S. Patent 6,436,616 (Geisler et al.) describes various means of modifying photothermographic materials to reduce what is known as the
"woodgrain" effect, or uneven optical density.
To promote image sharpness, the photothermographic materials can contain one or more layers containing acutance and/or antihalation dyes. These dyes are chosen to have absorption close to the exposure wavelength and are designed to absorb scattered light. One or more antihalation compositions may be
incorporated into the support, backside layers, underlayers, or overcoat layers.
Additionally, one or more acutance dyes may be incorporated into one or more frontside imaging layers.
Dyes useful as antihalation and acutance dyes include squaraine dyes as described in U.S. Patents 5,380,635 (Gomez et al.), and 6,063,560 (Suzuki et al.), and EP 1 083 459A1 (Kimura), indolenine dyes as described in
EP 0 342 810A1 (Leichter), and cyanine dyes as described in U.S. Patent
6,689,547 (Hunt et al.).
It may also be useful to employ compositions including acutance or antihalation dyes that will decolorize or bleach with heat during processing as described in U.S. Patents 5,135,842 (Kitchin et al.), 5,266,452 (Kitchin et al.),
5,314,795 (Helland et al.), and 6,306,566, (Sakurada et al.), and Japan Kokai
2001-142175 (Hanyu et al.) and 2001-183770 (Hanyu et al.). Useful bleaching compositions are described in Japan Kokai 11-302550 (Fujiwara), 2001-109101 (Adachi), 2001-51371 (Yabuki et al.), and 2000-029168 (Noro).
Other useful heat-bleachable antihalation compositions can include an infrared radiation absorbing compound such as an oxonol dye or various other compounds used in combination with a hexaarylbiimidazole (also known as a
"HABI"), or mixtures thereof. HABI compounds are described in U.S. Patents 4,196,002 (Levinson et al.), 5,652,091 (Perry et al.), and 5,672,562 (Perry et al.).
Examples of such heat-bleachable compositions are described for example in U.S.
Patents 6,455,210 (Irving et al.), 6,514,677 (Ramsden et al.), and 6,558,880
(Goswami et al.).
Under practical conditions of use, these compositions are heated to provide bleaching at a temperature of at least 90°C for at least 0.5 seconds
(preferably, at a temperature of from about 100°C to about 200°C for from about
5 to about 20 seconds).
Mottle and other surface anomalies can be reduced by incorporating a fluorinated polymer as described, for example, in U.S. Patent 5,532,121 (Yonkoski et al.) or by using particular drying techniques as described, for example in U.S. Patent 5,621,983 (Ludemann et al.).
It is preferable for the photothermographic material to include one or more radiation absorbing substances that are generally incorporated into one or more photothermographic layer(s)to provide a total absorbance of all layers on that side of the support of at least 0.1 (preferably of at least 0.6) at the exposure wavelength of the photothermographic material. Where the imaging layers are on one side of the support only, it is also desired that the total absorbance at the exposure wavelength for all layers on the backside (non-imaging) side of the support be at least 0.2.
Photothermographic formulations can be coated by various coating procedures including wire wound rod coating, dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, slide coating, or extrusion coating using hoppers of the type described in U.S. Patent 2,681,294 (Beguin). Layers can be coated one at a time, or two or more layers can be coated simultaneously by the procedures described in U.S. Patents 2,761,791 (Russell), 4,001,024 (Dittman et al.), 4,569,863 (Keopke et al.), 5,340,613 (Hanzalik et al.), 5,405,740 (LaBelle), 5,415,993 (Hanzalik et al.), 5,525,376 (Leonard), 5,733,608 (Kessel et al.), 5,849,363 (Yapel et al.), 5,843,530 (Jerry et al.), and 5,861,195 (Bhave et al.), and GB 837,095 (Ilford). A typical coating gap for the emulsion layer can be from about 10 to about 750 μιη, and the layer can be dried in forced air at a temperature of from about 20°C to about 100°C. It is preferred that the thickness of the layer be selected to provide maximum image densities greater than about 0.2, and more preferably, from about 0.5 to 5.0 or more, as measured by an X-rite Model 361/V Densitometer equipped with 301 Visual Optics, available from X-rite Corporation, (Granville, MI).
Preferably, two or more layer formulations are simultaneously applied to a support using slide coating techniques, the first layer being coated on top of the second layer while the second layer is still wet. The first and second fluids used to coat these layers can be the same or different solvents. For example, subsequently to, or simultaneously with, application of the emulsion formulation(s) to the support, a protective overcoat formulation can be applied over the emulsion formulation. Simultaneous coating can be used to apply layers on the frontside, backside, or both sides of the support.
In other embodiments, a "carrier" layer formulation comprising a single-phase mixture of two or more polymers described above may be applied directly onto the support and thereby located underneath the emulsion layer(s) as described in U.S. Patent 6,355,405 (Ludemann et al.). The carrier layer formulation can be simultaneously applied with application of the emulsion layer formulation(s) and any overcoat or surface protective layers.
The photothermographic materials can include one or more antistatic or conductive layers agents in any of the layers on either or both sides of the support. Conductive components include soluble salts, evaporated metal layers, or ionic polymers as described in U.S. Patents 2,861,056 (Minsk) and 3,206,312 (Sterman et al.), insoluble inorganic salts as described in U.S. Patent 3,428,451 (Trevoy), electroconductive underlayers as described in U.S. Patent 5,310,640 (Markin et al.), electronically-conductive metal antimonate particles as described in U.S. Patent 5,368,995 (Christian et al.), and electrically-conductive metal-containing particles dispersed in a polymeric binder as described in
EP 0 678 776 Al (Melpolder et al.). Particularly useful conductive particles are the non-acicular metal antimonate particles used in a buried backside conductive layer as described and in U.S. Patents 6,689,546 (LaBelle et al.), 7,018,787 (Ludemann et al.), 7,022,467 (Ludemann et al.), 7,067,242 (Ludemann et al), and 7,144,689 (Ludemann et al.), and in U.S. Patent Application Publication
2006/0046932.
While the carrier and emulsion layers can be coated on one side of the film support, manufacturing methods can also include forming on the opposing or backside of the polymeric support, one or more additional layers, including a conductive layer, antihalation layer, or a layer containing a matting agent (such as silica), or a combination of such layers. Alternatively, one backside layer can perform all of the desired functions.
It is particularly useful that the conductive layers be disposed on the backside of the support and especially where they are buried or underneath one or more other layers such as backside protective layer(s). Such backside conductive layers typically have a resistivity of about 10 5 to about 1012 ohm/sq as measured using a salt bridge water electrode resistivity measurement technique.
This technique is described in R. A. Elder Resistivity Measurements on Buried Conductive Layers, EOS/ESD Symposium Proceedings, Lake Buena Vista, FL, 1990, pp. 251-254, incorporated herein by reference. [EOS/ESD stands for Electrical Overstress/Electrostatic Discharge].
Still other conductive compositions include one or more fluoro- chemicals each of which is a reaction product of Rf-CH2CH2-S03H with an amine wherein Rf comprises 4 or more fully fluorinated carbon atoms as described in U.S. Patent 6,699,648 (Sakizadeh et al.). Additional conductive compositions include one or more fluorochemicals described in more detail in U.S. Patent 6,762,013 (Sakizadeh et al.).
The photothermographic materials may also usefully include a magnetic recording material as described in Research Disclosure, Item 34390, November 1992, or a transparent magnetic recording layer such as a layer containing magnetic particles on the underside of a transparent support as described in U.S. Patent 4,302,523 (Audran et al.).
In a preferred construction, a conductive "carrier" layer
formulation comprising a single-phase mixture of two or more polymers and non-acicular metal antimonate particles, may be applied directly onto the backside of the support and thereby be located underneath other backside layers. The carrier layer formulation can be simultaneously applied with application of these other backside layer formulations.
Layers to promote adhesion of one layer to another are also known, such as those described in U.S. Patents 5,891,610 (Bauer et al.), 5,804,365 (Bauer et al.), and 4,741,992 (Przezdziecki). Adhesion can also be promoted using specific polymeric adhesive materials as described in U.S. Patent 5,928,857 (Geisler et al.).
It is also contemplated that the photothermographic materials include one or more photothermographic layers on both sides of the support and/or an antihalation underlayer beneath at least one photothermographic layer on at least one side of the support. In addition, the materials can have an outermost protective layer disposed over all photothermographic layers on both sides of the support.
Imaging/Development:
The photothermographic materials can be imaged in any suitable manner consistent with the type of material, using any suitable imaging source to which they are sensitive (typically some type of radiation or electronic signal). In some embodiments, the materials are sensitive to radiation in the range of from about at least 100 nm to about 1400 nm. In some embodiments, they materials are sensitive to radiation in the range of from about 300 nm to about 600 nm, more preferably from about 300 to about 450 nm, even more preferably from a wavelength of from about 360 to 420 nm. In preferred embodiments the materials are sensitized to radiation from about 600 to about 1200 nm and more preferably to infrared radiation from about 700 to about 950 nm. If necessary, sensitivity to a particular wavelength can be achieved by using appropriate spectral sensitizing dyes.
Imaging can be carried out by exposing the photothermographic materials to a suitable source of radiation to which they are sensitive, including
X-radiation, ultraviolet radiation, visible light, near infrared radiation, and infrared radiation to provide a latent image. Suitable exposure means are well known and include phosphor emitted radiation (particularly X-ray induced phosphor emitted radiation), incandescent or fluorescent lamps, xenon flash lamps, lasers, laser diodes, light emitting diodes, infrared lasers, infrared laser diodes, infrared light- emitting diodes, infrared lamps, or any other ultraviolet, visible, or infrared radiation source readily apparent to one skilled in the art such as described in Research Disclosure, item 38957 (noted above). Particularly useful infrared exposure means include laser diodes emitting at from about 700 to about 950 nm, including laser diodes that are modulated to increase imaging efficiency using what is known as multi-longitudinal exposure techniques as described in U.S. Patent 5,780,207 (Mohapatra et al.). Other exposure techniques are described in U.S. Patent 5,493,327 (McCallum et al.).
The photothermographic materials also can be indirectly imaged using an X-radiation imaging source and one or more prompt-emitting or storage X-radiation sensitive phosphor screens adjacent to the photothermographic material. The phosphors emit suitable radiation to expose the photothermographic
material. Preferred X-ray screens are those having phosphors emitting in the near ultraviolet region of the spectrum (from 300 to 400 nm), in the blue region of the spectrum (from 400 to 500 nm), and in the green region of the spectrum (from 500 to 600 nm).
In other embodiments, the photothermographic materials can be imaged directly using an X-radiation imaging source to provide a latent image.
Thermal development conditions will vary, depending on the construction used but will typically involve heating the imagewise exposed photothermographic material at a suitably elevated temperature, for example, at from about 50°C to about 250°C (preferably from about 80°C to about 200°C and more preferably from about 100°C to about 200°C) for a sufficient period of time, generally from about 1 to about 120 seconds. Heating can be accomplished using any suitable heating means such as contacting the material with a heated drum, plates, or rollers, or by providing a heating resistance layer on the rear surface of the material and supplying electric current to the layer so as to heat the material. A preferred heat development procedure for photothermographic materials includes heating within a temperature range of from 110 to 150°C for 25 seconds or less, for example, at least 3 and up to 25 seconds (and preferably for 20 seconds or less) to develop the latent image into a visible image having a maximum density (Dmax) of at least 3.0. Line speeds during development of greater than 61 cm/min, such as from 61 to 200 cm/min, can be used.
Thermal development of photothermographic materials is carried out with the material being in a substantially water-free environment and without application of any solvent to the material.
Use as a Photomask:
The photothermographic materials can be sufficiently transmissive in the range of from about 350 to about 450 nm in non-imaged areas to allow their use in a method where there is a subsequent exposure of an ultraviolet or short wavelength visible radiation sensitive imageable medium. The photothermographic materials absorb ultraviolet or short wavelength visible radiation in the areas where there is a visible image and transmit ultraviolet or short wavelength
visible radiation where there is no visible image. The photothermographic materials may then be used as a mask and positioned between a source of imaging radiation (such as an ultraviolet or short wavelength visible radiation energy source) and an imageable material that is sensitive to such imaging radiation, such as a photopolymer, diazo material, photoresist, or photosensitive printing plate. Exposing the imageable material to the imaging radiation through the visible image in the exposed and heat-developed photothermographic material provides an image in the imageable material. This method is particularly useful where the imageable medium comprises a printing plate and the photothermographic material serves as an image- setting film.
Thus, in some other embodiments wherein the photothermographic material comprises a transparent support, the image-forming method further comprises, after steps (A) and (B) noted above:
(C) positioning the exposed and heat-developed photothermographic material between a source of imaging radiation and an imageable material that is sensitive to the imaging radiation, and
(D) exposing the imageable material to the imaging radiation through the visible image in the exposed and heat-developed photothermographic material to provide an image in the imageable material.
EXEMPLARY EMBODIMENTS
U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/279,219, filed
January 15, 2016, entitled "METHOD OF PREPARING SILVER
CARBOXYLATE SOAPS," which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety, disclosed the following 23 non-limiting exemplary embodiments:
A. A method of preparing a silver soap comprising:
preparing a mixture of one or more alkali metal salts of a plurality of long chain carboxylic acids, and thereafter,
converting the mixture of the long chain alkali metal salts of the long chain carboxylic acids to a silver soap of the long chain carboxylic acids,
wherein the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises from about 0.1 wt % to about 10 wt % unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids.
B. The method according to embodiment A, wherein preparing the mixture of one or more alkali metal salts of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises
providing an aqueous solution of one or more alkali metal hydroxides at a temperature above the melting points of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids,
adding the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids to the aqueous solution to form a dispersion, maintaining the temperature of the dispersion above the melting points of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids and below the boiling point of the dispersion, thereby converting at least a portion of the long chain carboxylic acids to the one or more alkali metal salts of the long chain carboxylic acids, and
cooling the dispersion.
C. The method according to embodiment A, wherein preparing the mixture of one or more alkali metal salts of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises preparing a dispersion of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids in water, with no alkali or ammonia salt of said acid present in the dispersion while said long chain carboxylic acids are maintained above their melting points but below the boiling point of the dispersion,
converting at least a portion of said long chain carboxylic acids to the one or more alkali metal salts of said long chain carboxylic acids by the addition of one or more alkali metal hydroxides, and
cooling the dispersion.
D. The method according to any of embodiments A-C, wherein the unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids have chain lengths from C14 to C24.
E. The method according to either of any of embodiments A-D, wherein the unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids have from one to six double bonds.
F. The method according to any of embodiments A-E, wherein the unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids are selected from the group consisting of myristoleic acid, palmitoleic acid, sapienic acid, oleic acid, vaccenic acid, elaidic acid,
linoleic acid, a-linole[n]ic acid, stearidonic acid, paullinic acid, gondoic acid, dihomo-y-linoleic acid, mead acid, arachidonic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid, erucic acid, docosatetraenoic acid, dososahexaenoic acid, and nervonic acid.
G. The method according to any of embodiments A-F, further comprising adding preformed silver halide grains at any step in the process of preparing the silver soap.
H. The method according to any of embodiments A-G, wherein the long chain carboxylic acids have chain lengths from CIO to C30.
J. The method according to any of embodiments A-H, wherein the long chain carboxylic acids comprise behenic acid.
K. A method of preparing a photothermographic coating formulation by chemically and spectrally sensitizing the silver soap according to any of embodiments A- J.
L. The method according to embodiment K, wherein said spectral sensitizing dye spectrally sensitizes the silver halide grains of said photothermographic emulsion to from about 600 to about 1100 nm.
M. The method according to either of embodiments K or L, wherein said chemical sensitization is carried out by decomposing an organic sulfur containing compound on or around said silver halide grains to chemically sensitize said silver halide grains.
N. The method according to any of embodiments A-M, further comprising converting a portion of said silver long chain carboxylic acid to photosensitive silver halide by one or more additions of a halogen-containing compound in an amount of from about 10_4 to about 10_1 mol of halogen atom per mol of reducible silver ions.
P. The method according to any of embodiments A-N, further comprising adding a binder and a reducing agent composition to said silver halide/silver carboxylate soap to form a photothermographic coating formulation.
Q. The method according to embodiment P, wherein said reducing agent composition comprises a hindered phenol, a hindered bis-phenol, or a hindered tris-phenol reducing agent and said binder is a hydrophobic binder or an aqueous latex binder.
R. The method according to either of embodiments P or Q, further comprising coating said photothermographic emulsion formulation on a support.
S. A method of preparing a photothermographic material comprising:
preparing a mixture of one or more alkali metal salts of a plurality of long chain carboxylic acids, and thereafter,
converting the mixture of the long chain alkali metal salts of the long chain carboxylic acids to a silver soap of the long chain carboxylic acids,
cooling the dispersion,
adding a preformed silver halide, and thereafter,
converting the mixture of said long chain alkali metal salts of said long chain carboxylic acids to a silver soap of said long chain carboxylic acids.
adding a binder to firm a photothermographic emulsion formulation, adding a hindered bis-phenol reducing agent to form a photothermographic coating formulation, and
coating and drying said photothermographic emulsion formulation on a support to provide a photothermographic material comprising a
photothermographic imaging layer disposed on the support,
wherein the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises from about 0.1 wt % to about 10 wt % unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids.
T. The method according to embodiment S, wherein preparing the mixture of one or more alkali metal salts of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises
providing an aqueous solution of one or more alkali metal hydroxides at a temperature above the melting points of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids,
adding the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids to the aqueous solution to form a dispersion, maintaining the temperature of the dispersion above the melting points of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids and below the boiling point of the dispersion, thereby converting at least a portion of the long chain carboxylic acids to the one or more alkali metal salts of the long chain carboxylic acids, and
cooling the dispersion.
U. The method according to embodiment S, wherein preparing the mixture of one or more alkali metal salts of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises preparing a dispersion of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids in water, with no alkali or ammonia salt of said acid present in the dispersion while said long chain carboxylic acids are maintained above their melting points but below the boiling point of the dispersion,
converting at least a portion of said long chain carboxylic acids to the one or more alkali metal salts of said long chain carboxylic acids by the addition of one or more alkali metal hydroxides, and
cooling the dispersion.
V. The method according to any of embodiments S-U, wherein, simultaneously or subsequent to step (I), a protective overcoat formulation is coated over said photothermographic imaging layer.
W. The method according to either of embodiments S-V, wherein, prior to or simultaneously with step (I), a carrier layer is coated on said support underneath said photothermographic imaging layer.
X. The method according to any of embodiments S-W, further comprising coating a conductive layer on a non-imaging side of said support.
Y. A method of forming a visible image comprising:
imagewise exposing the photothermographic material prepared as described in any of embodiments S-X to electromagnetic radiation to form a latent image; and
simultaneously or sequentially, heating the exposed photothermographic material to develop the latent image into a visible image.
EXAMPLES
The following examples are provided to illustrate the practice of the present invention and the invention is not meant to be limited thereby.
All materials used in the following examples are readily available from standard commercial sources, such as Sigma-Aldrich Co. LLC (Saint Louis,
Missouri), unless otherwise specified. All percentages are by weight unless otherwise indicated.
Preparation of Silver Emulsion
A preformed iridium and copper doped core- shell silver iodobromide emulsion was prepared as described in U.S. Patent 5,939,249, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Preparation of Silver Halide/Silver Carboxylate Soap
A control sample of a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap was prepared as described in U.S. Patent 5,434,043 and described below.
I. Ingredients:
1. Pre-formed iridium and copper doped silver halide emulsion
0.088 mole in 1.5 liter water at 41°C.
2. 79.8 g of NaOH in 1.5 liters of water.
3 295.6 g of AgN03 in 2.3 liters of water.
4. 103.5 g of HYSTRENE Type 9718 stearic acid (available from
PMC Biogenix, Memphis, Tenn.)
5. 500 g of HYSTRENE Type 9022 blend of behenic, arachidic, and stearic acids (available from PMC Biogenix, Memphis, Tenn.)
6. 23.7 g of cone. HN03 in 100 ml of water.
II. Reaction:
Step 1. Ingredient #2 was dissolved in 4 liters of water at room
temperature. This mixture was heated to 85 °C, at which time Ingredients #4 and #5 were added to form a dispersion, which was mixed for 15 minutes. 4 liters of water was added to the dispersion and mixed for 5 minutes.
Step 2. Ingredient # 6 was added to Step 1 at 85 °C followed by
7 liters of water. The dispersion was cooled to 55 °C and stirred for 20 minutes.
Ingredient # 1 was added to the dispersion at 55 °C
followed by 1 liter of water. The dispersion was mixed for 5 minutes.
Ingredient # 3 was added to the dispersion at 55 °C
followed by 1 liter of water. The dispersion was mixed for 10 minutes.
The dispersion was cooled to 29 °C. and mixed for up to one hour.
The dispersion was filtered and washed until wash water had a conductivity less than 0.05 ms/cm.
The photothermographic silver carboxylate soap was dried at 43.3 °C. for 72 hours.
Example 1 (Comparative)
A photothermographic material (PTGM) was prepared using the silver halide/silver carboxylate soap described above, using the procedures described in U.S. Patent 7,063,941, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Example 2 (Inventive)
A PTGM was prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 1, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with oleic acid.
Example 3 (Comparative)
A PTGM was prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 1, with the modification that oleic acid in an amount equal to 2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was added into the finished silver. Evaluation of PTGMs of Examples 1-3
The PTGMs of Examples 1-3 were cut into 1.5 inchxlO inch (3.6 cmx25.4 cm) strips and exposed through a 10 cm continuous wedge with a
scanning laser sensitometer incorporating an 811 nm laser diode. The total scan time for each sample was 6 seconds. The samples were developed using a heated roll processor for 15 seconds at 252° F (122.2° C).
Densitometry measurements were made on a custom-built computer scanning densitometer meeting ISO Standards 5-2 and 5-3. They are believed to be comparable to measurements from commercially available densitometers. Density of the wedges was then measured using a filter appropriate to the sensitivity of the photothermographic material to obtain graphs of density versus log exposure.
Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 1-3 obtained by this method are shown in TABLE I. The film of Inventive Example 2 exhibited an unexpected increase in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Examples 1 and 3.
TABLE I
Example 4 (Comparative)
Four PTGMs were prepared as in Example 1.
Example 5 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 4, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with oleic acid.
Example 6 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 4, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with linoleic acid.
Example 7 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 4, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with a-linolenic acid.
Evaluation of PTGMs of Examples 4-7
Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 4-7 were evaluated according to the methods described above for Examples 1-3. These results are shown in Table II, where the reported speeds represent averages of four samples. The films of Inventive Examples 5-7 all exhibited unexpected increases in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Example 4.
Example 8 (Comparative)
Four PTGMs were prepared as in Example 1.
Example 9 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 4, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.1 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with linoleic acid.
Example 10 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 4, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with linoleic acid.
TABLE II
Evaluation of PTGMs of Examples 8-10
Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 8-10 were evaluated according to the methods described above for Examples 1-3. These results are shown in Table III, where the reported speeds represent averages of four samples. The films of Inventive Examples 9 and 10 both exhibited unexpected increases in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Example 8.
Example 11 (Comparative)
Two PTGMs were prepared as in Example 1.
Example 12 (Inventive)
Two PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 11, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 1 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
TABLE III
Example 13 (Inventive)
Two PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 11, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 1.5 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
Example 14 (Inventive)
Two PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 11, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
Evaluation of PTGMs of Examples 11-14
Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 11-14 were evaluated according to the methods described above for Examples 1-3. These results are shown in Table IV, where the reported speeds represent averages of two samples. The films of Inventive Examples 12-14 all exhibited unexpected increases in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Example 11.
TABLE IV
Example 15 (Comparative)
Four PTGMs were prepared as in Example 1.
Example 16 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 15, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.7 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
Example 17 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 15, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 1 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
Example 18 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 15, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 1.5 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
Example 19 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 15, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
Evaluation of PTGMs of Examples 15-19
Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 15-19 were evaluated according to the methods described above for Examples 1-3. These results are shown in Table V, where the reported speeds represent averages of four samples. The films of Inventive Examples 16-19 all exhibited unexpected increases in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Example 15.
Example 20 (Comparative)
Four PTGMs were prepared as in Example 1.
Example 21 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 19, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 1 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
Example 22 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 19, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 1.5 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
TABLE V
Evaluation of PTGMs of Examples 20-22
Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 20-22 were evaluated according to the methods described above for Examples 1-3. These results are shown in Table VI, where the reported speeds represent averages of four samples. The films of Inventive Examples 21 and 22 both exhibited unexpected increases in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Example 20.
Example 23 (Comparative)
A PTGM was prepared as in Example 1.
Example 24 (Inventive)
A PTGM was prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 23, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 1.5 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with erucic acid.
TABLE VI
Example 25 (Comparative)
A PTGM was prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 23, with the modification that erucic acid in an amount equal to 1.5 wt % of Ingredient 5 was added into the finished silver.
Evaluation of PTGMs of Examples 23-25
Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 23-25 were evaluated according to the methods described above for Examples 1-3. These results are shown in Table VII. The film of Inventive Example 24 exhibited unexpected increases in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Examples 23 and 25.
Example 26 (Comparative)
Four PTGMs were prepared as in Example
Example 27 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 26, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.25 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with oleic acid.
TABLE VII
Example 28 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 26, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.5 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with oleic acid.
Example 29 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 26, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 1 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with oleic acid.
Evaluation of PTGMs of Examples 26-29
Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 26-29 were evaluated according to the methods described above for Examples 1-3. These results are shown in Table VIII, where the reported speeds represent averages of four samples. The films of Inventive Examples 27-29 all exhibited unexpected increases in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Example 26.
TABLE VIII
Example 30 (Comparative)
Four PTGMs were prepared as in Example 1.
Example 31 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 30, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with oleic acid.
Example 32 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 30, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with linoleic acid.
Example 33 (Inventive)
Four PTGMs were prepared with the ingredients, reaction, and procedures of Example 30, but using a silver halide/silver carboxylate soap where 0.2 wt % of Ingredient 5 was replaced with a-linolenic acid.
Evaluation of PTGMs of Examples 30-33
Photographic speed of the films made in Examples 30-33 were evaluated according to the methods described above for Examples 1-3. These results are shown in Table IX, where the reported speeds represent averages of four samples. The films of Inventive Examples 31-33 all exhibited unexpected increases in photospeed (as indicated by Spdl, Spd2, and Spd3) relative to those of Comparative Example 30.
TABLE IX
The invention has been described in detail with particular reference to certain preferred embodiments thereof, but it will be understood that variations and modifications can be effected within the spirit and scope of the invention.
Claims
1. A method of preparing a silver soap comprising:
preparing a mixture of one or more alkali metal salts of a plurality of long chain carboxylic acids; and thereafter,
converting the mixture of the long chain alkali metal salts of the long chain carboxylic acids to a silver soap of the long chain carboxylic acids;
wherein the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises from about 0.1 wt % to about 10 wt % unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids.
2. The method according to claim 1, wherein preparing the mixture of one or more alkali metal salts of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises providing an aqueous solution of one or more alkali metal hydroxides at a temperature above the melting points of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids;
adding the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids to the aqueous solution to form a dispersion, maintaining the temperature of the dispersion above the melting points of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids and below the boiling point of the dispersion, thereby converting at least a portion of the long chain carboxylic acids to the one or more alkali metal salts of the long chain carboxylic acids; and
cooling the dispersion.
3. The method according to claim 1, wherein preparing the mixture of one or more alkali metal salts of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids comprises preparing a dispersion of the plurality of long chain carboxylic acids in water, with no alkali or ammonia salt of said acid present in the dispersion while said long chain carboxylic acids are maintained above their melting points but below the boiling point of the dispersion;
converting at least a portion of said long chain carboxylic acids to the one or more alkali metal salts of said long chain carboxylic acids by the addition of one or more alkali metal hydroxides; and
cooling the dispersion.
4. The method according to any of claims 1-3, wherein the unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids have chain lengths from C 14 to C24 and have from one to six double bonds.
5. The method according to any of claims 1-4, wherein the unsaturated long chain carboxylic acids are selected from the group consisting of myristoleic acid, palmitoleic acid, sapienic acid, oleic acid, vaccenic acid, elaidic acid, linoleic acid, a-linolenic acid, stearidonic acid, paullinic acid, gondoic acid, dihomo-γ- linoleic acid, mead acid, arachidonic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid, erucic acid, docosatetraenoic acid, dososahexaenoic acid, and nervonic acid.
6. The method according to any of claims 1-5, further comprising adding preformed silver halide grains at any step in the process of preparing the silver soap.
7. The method according to any of claims 1-6, wherein the long chain carboxylic acids comprise behenic acid.
8. A method of preparing a photothermographic coating formulation comprising chemically and spectrally sensitizing the silver soap according to any of claims 1-7.
9. The method according to claim 8, further comprising coating said photothermographic emulsion formulation on a support.
10. A method of forming a visible image comprising:
imagewise exposing the photothermographic material prepared according to either of claims 8 or 9 to electromagnetic radiation to form a latent image; and simultaneously or sequentially, heating the exposed photothermographic material to develop the latent image into a visible image.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201662279219P | 2016-01-15 | 2016-01-15 | |
US62/279,219 | 2016-01-15 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2017123444A1 true WO2017123444A1 (en) | 2017-07-20 |
Family
ID=57966087
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2017/012235 WO2017123444A1 (en) | 2016-01-15 | 2017-01-05 | Method of preparing silver carboxylate soaps |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2017123444A1 (en) |
Citations (253)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US1623499A (en) | 1925-06-16 | 1927-04-05 | A corpora | |
US2131038A (en) | 1932-05-26 | 1938-09-27 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photographic emulsion containing alkyl quaternary salts of thiazoles and the like asantifoggants |
US2399083A (en) | 1942-02-13 | 1946-04-23 | Ilford Ltd | Photographic materials |
US2444605A (en) | 1945-12-15 | 1948-07-06 | Gen Aniline & Film Corp | Stabilizers for photographic emulsions |
GB623448A (en) | 1945-07-30 | 1949-05-18 | Kodak Ltd | Improvements in and relating to photographic emulsions |
US2489341A (en) | 1944-07-04 | 1949-11-29 | Ilford Ltd | Production of photographic silver halide emulsions |
US2565418A (en) | 1947-08-13 | 1951-08-21 | Eastman Kodak Co | Method of preparing photographic silver halide emulsions |
US2566263A (en) | 1945-08-30 | 1951-08-28 | Eastman Kodak Co | Stabilizing photographic emulsions with chloropalladites and chloroplatinites |
US2588765A (en) | 1944-03-21 | 1952-03-11 | Gevaert Photo Prod Nv | Lubricated photographic element containing a mixture of higher fatty alcohols and higher fatty acids |
US2597915A (en) | 1949-09-24 | 1952-05-27 | Eastman Kodak Co | Stabilization of photographic emulsions sensitized with gold compounds |
US2614928A (en) | 1947-08-13 | 1952-10-21 | Eastman Kodak Co | Method of preparing photographic emulsions |
US2618556A (en) | 1947-11-19 | 1952-11-18 | Eastman Kodak Co | Process for preparing photographic emulsions |
US2681294A (en) | 1951-08-23 | 1954-06-15 | Eastman Kodak Co | Method of coating strip material |
US2694716A (en) | 1951-10-17 | 1954-11-16 | Eastman Kodak Co | Polymethylene-bis-benzothiazolium salts |
US2701245A (en) | 1951-05-01 | 1955-02-01 | Eastman Kodak Co | Bead polymerization of methyl methacrylate |
US2761791A (en) | 1955-02-23 | 1956-09-04 | Eastman Kodak Co | Method of multiple coating |
US2839405A (en) | 1955-03-08 | 1958-06-17 | Eastman Kodak Co | Inorganic salt antifoggants for photographic emulsions |
US2861056A (en) | 1953-11-12 | 1958-11-18 | Eastman Kodak Co | Resinous carboxy ester-lactones and process for preparing them |
US2886437A (en) | 1955-12-01 | 1959-05-12 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photographic emulsions sensitized with alkylene oxide polymers and quaternary ammonium compounds |
GB837095A (en) | 1957-12-16 | 1960-06-09 | Ilford Ltd | Improvements in or relating to the production of multilayer photographic materials |
US2960404A (en) | 1956-06-04 | 1960-11-15 | Eastman Kodak Co | Gelatin coating compositions |
US2992101A (en) | 1957-02-18 | 1961-07-11 | Eastman Kodak Co | Suppression of newton's rings in printing color films |
US3074809A (en) | 1959-10-26 | 1963-01-22 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Heat-sensitive copying-paper |
US3080254A (en) | 1959-10-26 | 1963-03-05 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Heat-sensitive copying-paper |
US3094417A (en) | 1961-01-03 | 1963-06-18 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Heat sensitive copy sheet, process of making and using |
US3121060A (en) | 1960-06-06 | 1964-02-11 | Eastman Kodak Co | Lubricant for photographic film |
GB955061A (en) | 1961-06-08 | 1964-04-15 | Du Pont | Improvements relating to the production of photographic films |
US3206312A (en) | 1962-06-12 | 1965-09-14 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photographic film having antistatic agent therein |
US3220839A (en) | 1961-08-25 | 1965-11-30 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photographic emulsions containing isothiourea derivatives |
US3235652A (en) | 1964-03-10 | 1966-02-15 | Kenneth P Lindsey | Electric line cross-arm with wire stringing and clamping means |
US3241969A (en) | 1961-01-27 | 1966-03-22 | Hart Rene Maurice | Photographic silver halide emulsions |
US3287135A (en) | 1963-12-20 | 1966-11-22 | Eastman Kodak Co | Antifoggants for silver halide emulsions on a linear polyester support |
US3297447A (en) | 1964-07-22 | 1967-01-10 | Eastman Kodak Co | Stabilization of synergistically sensitized photographic systems |
US3297446A (en) | 1964-02-10 | 1967-01-10 | Eastman Kodak Co | Synergistic sensitization of photographic systems with labile selenium and a noble metal |
US3330663A (en) | 1964-08-14 | 1967-07-11 | Agfa Gevaert Ag | Silver salts of sulfur-containing aliphatic carboxylic acids as lightsensitive compounds |
US3428451A (en) | 1960-09-19 | 1969-02-18 | Eastman Kodak Co | Supports for radiation-sensitive elements and improved elements comprising such supports |
US3438776A (en) | 1964-12-28 | 1969-04-15 | Eastman Kodak Co | Non-aqueous silver halide photographic process |
US3446648A (en) | 1965-09-27 | 1969-05-27 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Reactive copying sheet and method of using |
US3700458A (en) | 1971-03-01 | 1972-10-24 | Eastman Kodak Co | Chemical process |
US3719495A (en) | 1969-10-03 | 1973-03-06 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Use of merocyanine compounds in photothermosensitive systems |
FR2147286A1 (en) * | 1971-07-28 | 1973-03-09 | Eastman Kodak Co | |
US3785830A (en) | 1972-06-14 | 1974-01-15 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photothermographic element,composition and process |
JPS4913224A (en) | 1972-05-18 | 1974-02-05 | ||
US3832186A (en) | 1972-04-26 | 1974-08-27 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Heat developing-out photosensitive materials |
US3844797A (en) | 1972-04-27 | 1974-10-29 | Agfa Gevaert | Photosensitive recording material |
US3847612A (en) | 1973-02-02 | 1974-11-12 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Light-sensitive heat-developable sheet material |
JPS5017216A (en) | 1973-06-11 | 1975-02-24 | ||
US3874946A (en) | 1974-02-19 | 1975-04-01 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photothermographic element, composition and process |
US3887417A (en) | 1968-04-25 | 1975-06-03 | Ici Ltd | Non-woven fabrics |
JPS5142529A (en) | 1974-10-08 | 1976-04-10 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | NETSUGENZOKANKOZAIRYO |
US3951660A (en) | 1972-12-16 | 1976-04-20 | Agfa-Gevaert, A.G. | Dry copying material |
GB1439478A (en) | 1972-12-16 | 1976-06-16 | Agfa Gevaert Ag | Dry copying material |
US4001024A (en) | 1976-03-22 | 1977-01-04 | Eastman Kodak Company | Method of multi-layer coating |
US4030931A (en) | 1974-05-17 | 1977-06-21 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Heat developable light-sensitive material |
US4076539A (en) | 1973-07-23 | 1978-02-28 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Process for preparing silver halide dispersions |
US4082901A (en) | 1973-04-04 | 1978-04-04 | Agfa-Gevaert N.V. | Thermographic material |
US4123282A (en) | 1975-09-08 | 1978-10-31 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic toners |
US4123274A (en) | 1977-03-16 | 1978-10-31 | Eastman Kodak Company | Heat developable imaging materials and process |
US4196002A (en) | 1977-09-19 | 1980-04-01 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic element containing heat sensitive dye materials |
GB1565043A (en) | 1977-04-05 | 1980-04-16 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Dry processing type recording elemnts |
US4220709A (en) | 1977-12-08 | 1980-09-02 | Eastman Kodak Company | Heat developable imaging materials and process |
US4260677A (en) | 1976-03-12 | 1981-04-07 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Thermographic and photothermographic materials having silver salt complexes therein |
US4302523A (en) | 1977-03-02 | 1981-11-24 | Eastman Kodak Company | Magnetic recording elements containing transparent recording layer |
US4396712A (en) | 1980-05-30 | 1983-08-02 | Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Dry image forming material |
US4439520A (en) | 1981-11-12 | 1984-03-27 | Eastman Kodak Company | Sensitized high aspect ratio silver halide emulsions and photographic elements |
US4504575A (en) | 1983-10-31 | 1985-03-12 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Heat-developable film containing silver sulfonate physical developer |
US4524128A (en) | 1983-10-24 | 1985-06-18 | Eastman Kodak Company | Spectrally sensitized silver halide photothermographic material |
US4569863A (en) | 1982-10-21 | 1986-02-11 | Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft | Process for the multiple coating of moving objects or webs |
US4581329A (en) | 1983-03-11 | 1986-04-08 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic light-sensitive material |
US4582786A (en) | 1983-11-30 | 1986-04-15 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic emulsion |
US4609621A (en) | 1982-09-24 | 1986-09-02 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic light-sensitive material |
US4675279A (en) | 1984-07-25 | 1987-06-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic materials containing tabular silver halide grains and a specified sensitizing dye |
EP0227141A1 (en) | 1985-11-26 | 1987-07-01 | Agfa-Gevaert N.V. | A process for the production of a photothermographic material |
US4678741A (en) | 1983-07-12 | 1987-07-07 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic materials |
US4690883A (en) | 1984-12-14 | 1987-09-01 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Image forming process |
US4720451A (en) | 1984-09-18 | 1988-01-19 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide color reversal light-sensitive material |
US4741992A (en) | 1986-09-22 | 1988-05-03 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally processable element comprising an overcoat layer containing poly(silicic acid) |
US4761361A (en) | 1985-08-15 | 1988-08-02 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Method for forming an image employing acetylene silver compounds |
US4775613A (en) | 1985-03-30 | 1988-10-04 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Heat-developable light-sensitive material |
US4784939A (en) | 1987-09-02 | 1988-11-15 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic elements |
US4818675A (en) | 1985-06-12 | 1989-04-04 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic light sensitive material with improved silver blackness of picture image |
US4840882A (en) | 1983-12-02 | 1989-06-20 | Konishiroku Photo Industry Co., Ltd. | Heat developable color light-sensitive material |
US4873184A (en) | 1988-02-05 | 1989-10-10 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Supersensitization of silver halide photothermographic emulsions |
EP0342810A2 (en) | 1988-05-20 | 1989-11-23 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Cyanine dyes and preparation thereof |
US4945036A (en) | 1988-05-31 | 1990-07-31 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photosensitive material |
US4952491A (en) | 1987-09-10 | 1990-08-28 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photographic light-sensitive material and method of developing the same |
US5028523A (en) | 1990-06-04 | 1991-07-02 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic elements |
US5049485A (en) | 1990-11-16 | 1991-09-17 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic silver halide material comprising gold compound |
US5064753A (en) | 1985-09-17 | 1991-11-12 | Konica Corporation | Heat-developing photographic material |
US5135842A (en) | 1989-06-12 | 1992-08-04 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Thermal dye bleach construction |
US5149620A (en) | 1990-07-30 | 1992-09-22 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Post processing stabilized photothermographic emulsions |
US5158866A (en) | 1990-08-31 | 1992-10-27 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Post-processing stabilization of photothermographic emulsions with amido compounds |
US5175081A (en) | 1990-08-31 | 1992-12-29 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Post-processsing stabilization of photothermographic emulsions |
US5250386A (en) | 1983-03-16 | 1993-10-05 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Dry image-forming process |
US5252455A (en) | 1992-03-04 | 1993-10-12 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic silver halide material comprising gold (I) complexes comprising sulfur- and/or selenium-substituted macrocyclic polyether ligands |
US5266452A (en) | 1989-06-12 | 1993-11-30 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photographic element containing a thermal dye bleach system |
US5281515A (en) | 1991-09-18 | 1994-01-25 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Thermally developable photographic elements |
US5298390A (en) | 1993-06-07 | 1994-03-29 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Speed enhancers and stabilizers for photothermography |
US5300420A (en) | 1993-06-01 | 1994-04-05 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Stabilizers for photothermography with nitrile blocking groups |
US5310640A (en) | 1993-06-02 | 1994-05-10 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally processable imaging element comprising an electroconductive layer and a backing layer. |
US5314795A (en) | 1992-12-21 | 1994-05-24 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Thermal-dye-bleach construction comprising a polymethine dye and a thermal carbanion-generating agent |
EP0600587A1 (en) | 1992-10-12 | 1994-06-08 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic imaging materials and antifoggants therefor |
US5340613A (en) | 1993-03-12 | 1994-08-23 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Process for simultaneously coating multiple layers of thermoreversible organogels and coated articles produced thereby |
US5358843A (en) | 1993-08-20 | 1994-10-25 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic elements containing silyl blocking groups |
US5368979A (en) | 1994-01-27 | 1994-11-29 | Polaroid Corporation | Thermally developable photosensitive element |
US5369000A (en) | 1993-04-29 | 1994-11-29 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Post-processing stabilizers for photothermographic articles |
US5368995A (en) | 1994-04-22 | 1994-11-29 | Eastman Kodak Company | Imaging element comprising an electrically-conductive layer containing particles of a metal antimonate |
US5374514A (en) | 1993-01-06 | 1994-12-20 | Kirk; Mark P. | Photothermographic materials |
US5380635A (en) | 1994-02-28 | 1995-01-10 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Dihydroperimidine squarylium dyes as antihalation and acutance materials for photographic and photothermographic articles |
US5382504A (en) | 1994-02-22 | 1995-01-17 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic element with core-shell-type silver halide grains |
US5393654A (en) | 1993-03-16 | 1995-02-28 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic imaging materials and sensitisers therefor |
US5405740A (en) | 1994-04-26 | 1995-04-11 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Process for manufacturing stable photothermographic elements |
US5415993A (en) | 1993-04-26 | 1995-05-16 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Thermoreversible organogels for photothermographic elements |
US5434043A (en) | 1994-05-09 | 1995-07-18 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic element with pre-formed iridium-doped silver halide grains |
US5441866A (en) | 1994-02-28 | 1995-08-15 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Sensitizers for photothermographic elements |
US5460938A (en) | 1993-06-08 | 1995-10-24 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic materials |
EP0678776A2 (en) | 1994-04-18 | 1995-10-25 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally processable imaging element comprising a surface layer that is electroconductive |
US5464747A (en) | 1993-10-29 | 1995-11-07 | Boehringer Mannheim Corporation | Oxidation-resistant muteins of β-galactosidase fragments |
US5468603A (en) | 1994-11-16 | 1995-11-21 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic and thermographic elements for use in automated equipment |
US5493327A (en) | 1993-06-04 | 1996-02-20 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method and apparatus for producing image reproducing materials using photothermographic material sensitive to radiation in the red region and transparent to radiation in the ultraviolet range of the electromagnetic spectrum |
US5496695A (en) | 1995-01-06 | 1996-03-05 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Hydrazide compounds useful as co-developers for black-and-white photothermographic elements |
US5508162A (en) | 1995-05-12 | 1996-04-16 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic elements containing a combination of spectral sensitizers |
US5510236A (en) | 1995-05-12 | 1996-04-23 | Eastman Kodak Company | Spectrally sensitized photothermographic elements |
US5525376A (en) | 1995-02-02 | 1996-06-11 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Multiple layer coating method |
US5532121A (en) | 1995-03-24 | 1996-07-02 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Mottle reducing agent for photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5541054A (en) | 1995-04-20 | 1996-07-30 | Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Company | Spectral sensitizing dyes for photothermographic elements |
US5545515A (en) | 1995-09-19 | 1996-08-13 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Acrylonitrile compounds as co-developers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5545507A (en) | 1995-09-19 | 1996-08-13 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Hydroxamic acid compounds as contrast enhancers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5545505A (en) | 1995-09-19 | 1996-08-13 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Amine compounds as contrast enhancers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5558983A (en) | 1995-09-19 | 1996-09-24 | Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Company | N-acyl-hydrazine compounds as contrast enhancers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5599647A (en) | 1995-07-07 | 1997-02-04 | Agfa-Gevaert N.V. | New toning agents for thermographic and photothermographic materials and process |
US5620840A (en) | 1995-12-19 | 1997-04-15 | Eastman Kodak Company | High bromide tabular grain emulsions improved by peptizer selection |
US5621983A (en) | 1996-03-29 | 1997-04-22 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Apparatus and method for deckeling excess air when drying a coating on a substrate |
US5635339A (en) | 1996-05-16 | 1997-06-03 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | 3-heteroaramatic-substituted acrylonitrile compounds as co-developers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5637449A (en) | 1995-09-19 | 1997-06-10 | Imation Corp | Hydrogen atom donor compounds as contrast enhancers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5652091A (en) | 1995-10-31 | 1997-07-29 | Eastman Kodak Company | Heat bleachable elements having polymeric acid layer adjacent heat bleachable antihalation layer |
US5654130A (en) | 1996-03-14 | 1997-08-05 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | 2-substituted malondialdehyde compounds as co-developers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5667955A (en) | 1995-08-10 | 1997-09-16 | Eastman Kodak Company | High bromide ultrathin tabular emulsions improved by peptizer modification |
US5672562A (en) | 1996-05-08 | 1997-09-30 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermal recording element |
US5686228A (en) | 1996-07-25 | 1997-11-11 | Imation Corp. | Substituted propenitrile compounds as antifoggants for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5691127A (en) | 1996-02-02 | 1997-11-25 | Eastman Kodak Company | Epitaxially sensitized ultrathin tabular grain emulsions containing stabilizing addenda |
EP0600586B1 (en) | 1992-11-30 | 1997-12-10 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic elements |
US5705324A (en) | 1996-03-14 | 1998-01-06 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | 4-Substituted isoxazole compounds as co-developers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
EP0821271A1 (en) | 1996-07-24 | 1998-01-28 | Agfa-Gevaert N.V. | Infra-red photothermographic material comprising a spectral sensitizer and a stilbene derivative supersensitizer |
US5716772A (en) | 1995-09-22 | 1998-02-10 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic material |
US5733608A (en) | 1995-02-02 | 1998-03-31 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method and apparatus for applying thin fluid coating stripes |
US5759761A (en) | 1997-06-04 | 1998-06-02 | Eastman Kodak Company | Gold chemical sensitizers for silver halides |
US5780207A (en) | 1994-05-11 | 1998-07-14 | Imation Corp. | Imaging process for imaging materials |
US5795708A (en) | 1996-08-16 | 1998-08-18 | Eastman Kodak Company | Use of a dichroic mirror antihalation layer for speed and sharpness boost |
US5804365A (en) | 1997-03-07 | 1998-09-08 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally processable imaging element having a crosslinked hydrophobic binder |
US5843530A (en) | 1997-01-21 | 1998-12-01 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method for minimizing waste when coating a fluid with a slide coater |
US5849363A (en) | 1997-01-21 | 1998-12-15 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Apparatus and method for minimizing the drying of a coating fluid on a slide coater surface |
US5861195A (en) | 1997-01-21 | 1999-01-19 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method for coating a plurality of fluid layers onto a substrate |
US5891610A (en) | 1996-11-22 | 1999-04-06 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally processable imaging element with improved adhesion of the overcoat layer |
US5891615A (en) | 1997-04-08 | 1999-04-06 | Imation Corp. | Chemical sensitization of photothermographic silver halide emulsions |
EP0915371A1 (en) | 1997-11-06 | 1999-05-12 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic element containing water soluble bis AU(I) complexes |
US5912111A (en) | 1998-02-18 | 1999-06-15 | Eastman Kodak Company | Gold(I) sensitizers for silver halide emulsions |
US5928857A (en) | 1994-11-16 | 1999-07-27 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic element with improved adherence between layers |
US5939249A (en) | 1997-06-24 | 1999-08-17 | Imation Corp. | Photothermographic element with iridium and copper doped silver halide grains |
EP0559228B1 (en) | 1992-03-06 | 1999-08-25 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic elements |
JPH11302550A (en) | 1998-04-23 | 1999-11-02 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Triarylmethane compound and heat-developable photosensitive material containing the same |
US5981151A (en) | 1997-08-01 | 1999-11-09 | Agfa-Gevaert, N.V. | Photothermographic material and a method for producing lithographic plates therewith |
US6013420A (en) | 1997-06-13 | 2000-01-11 | Agfa-Gevaert Ag | Chromogenic process for the production of color images using a color photographic recording material, which contains embedded color developer compounds that can be activated by heat treatment |
JP2000029168A (en) | 1998-05-07 | 2000-01-28 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Recording material having photo-decolorizing color layer and heat developable photosensitive material |
JP2000063690A (en) | 1998-08-21 | 2000-02-29 | Konica Corp | Novel compound; silver halide emulsion, silver halide sensitive material, thermal-development silver salt photographic sensitive material, and optical recording medium containing same; and image formation method |
JP2000112054A (en) | 1998-10-05 | 2000-04-21 | Konica Corp | Photographic additive, silver halide emulsion containing the same, silver halide photosensitive material, its processing method, and heat-developable silver salt photographic sensitive material |
US6063560A (en) | 1996-10-01 | 2000-05-16 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd | Photographic photothermographic material |
US6083681A (en) | 1999-06-10 | 2000-07-04 | Eastman Kodak Company | Stabilizer compounds for photothermographic elements |
US6100022A (en) | 1998-04-08 | 2000-08-08 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photothermographic element |
JP2000273329A (en) | 1999-03-19 | 2000-10-03 | Konica Corp | Photosensitive silver halide emulsion, silver halide photographic material, silver halide color photographic material, heat-developable photographic material, formation of heat-developed image, and compound |
US6146822A (en) | 1997-06-06 | 2000-11-14 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Thermographic or photothermographic image recording elements |
US6150084A (en) | 1998-03-31 | 2000-11-21 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photothermographic element |
US6165704A (en) | 1998-09-16 | 2000-12-26 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic light-sensitive material |
US6171767B1 (en) | 1999-04-28 | 2001-01-09 | Eastman Kodak Company | 1-sulfonyl-1H-benzotriazole compounds as print stabilizers in photothermographic elements |
JP2001005145A (en) | 1999-06-18 | 2001-01-12 | Konica Corp | Heat developable image forming method |
JP2001051371A (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2001-02-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Recording material having erasable color layer and heat-developable photosensitive material |
JP2001064527A (en) | 1999-08-26 | 2001-03-13 | Konica Corp | Silver halide photograph photosensitive material, heat developing silver halide photograph photosensitive material and methine pigment |
EP1083459A1 (en) | 1999-09-09 | 2001-03-14 | Konica Corporation | Photothermographic material |
JP2001109101A (en) | 1999-10-05 | 2001-04-20 | Konica Corp | Heat developable sensitive material and x-ray image forming unit and x-ray image recording method each using same |
JP2001142175A (en) | 1999-11-17 | 2001-05-25 | Konica Corp | Heat developable material, developing method and image forming method |
JP2001154305A (en) | 1999-11-26 | 2001-06-08 | Konica Corp | Silver halide emulsion, silver halide photographic sensitive material, silver halide color photographic sensitive material and heat developable silver halide photographic sensitive material |
JP2001183770A (en) | 1999-12-27 | 2001-07-06 | Konica Corp | Heat developable material and method for heat- developing same |
US6306566B2 (en) | 1997-10-21 | 2001-10-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Heat development image forming process thermally decoloring image recording process and process for decoloring cyanine dye |
US6352819B1 (en) | 2000-12-01 | 2002-03-05 | Eastman Kodak Company | High contrast thermally-developable imaging materials containing barrier layer |
US6352820B1 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2002-03-05 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable imaging materials containing polyester polymeric barrier layer |
US6355408B1 (en) | 2000-05-04 | 2002-03-12 | Eastman Kodak Company | Core-shell silver salts and imaging compositions, materials and methods using same |
US6355405B1 (en) | 1999-02-26 | 2002-03-12 | Eastman Kodak Company | Multi-layer article with improved adhesion and method of making |
US6368779B1 (en) | 2000-09-21 | 2002-04-09 | Eastman Kodak Company | High speed photothermographic materials and methods of making and using same |
US6387605B1 (en) | 1999-01-28 | 2002-05-14 | Eastman Kodak Company | Co-developers for black-and-white photothermographic elements |
US6413712B1 (en) | 1999-09-17 | 2002-07-02 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photothermographic material |
US6413710B1 (en) | 2001-04-12 | 2002-07-02 | Eastman Kodak Company | Methods for making photothermographic emulsions and imaging materials |
US6420102B1 (en) | 2001-07-27 | 2002-07-16 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable imaging materials containing hydroxy-containing polymeric barrier layer |
US6423481B1 (en) | 2001-01-23 | 2002-07-23 | Eastman Kodak Company | High speed photothermographic materials with combined chemical sensitizers and methods of using same |
US6436616B1 (en) | 1994-11-16 | 2002-08-20 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic element with reduced woodgrain interference patterns |
US6440649B1 (en) | 2001-05-30 | 2002-08-27 | Eastman Kodak Company | X-radiation photothermographic materials and methods of using same |
US6455210B1 (en) | 2000-12-06 | 2002-09-24 | Eastman Kodak Company | Aqueous thermally beachable composition useful in a photothermographic element |
US6465162B1 (en) | 2000-08-15 | 2002-10-15 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic materials containing backside image stabilizing compounds |
US6472131B1 (en) | 2000-05-04 | 2002-10-29 | Eastman Kodak Company | Asymmetric silver salt dimers and imaging compositions, materials and methods using same |
US6475710B2 (en) | 2000-01-20 | 2002-11-05 | Konica Corporation | Photothermographic material |
US6485898B2 (en) | 2000-01-05 | 2002-11-26 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photothermographic material |
US6514684B2 (en) | 2000-01-11 | 2003-02-04 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Bisphenol-phosphorous compound complex and thermally processed image recording material utilizing the same |
US6514677B1 (en) | 2001-08-31 | 2003-02-04 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable infrared sensitive imaging materials containing heat-bleachable antihalation composition |
US6558880B1 (en) | 2001-06-06 | 2003-05-06 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable imaging materials containing heat-bleachable antihalation composition |
US6566042B1 (en) | 1999-11-24 | 2003-05-20 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Method for producing image and high-speed photothermographic material |
US6573033B1 (en) | 2002-07-11 | 2003-06-03 | Eastman Kodak Company | X-radiation sensitive aqueous-based photothermographic materials and methods of using same |
US6599685B1 (en) | 2002-01-08 | 2003-07-29 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable imaging materials having improved shelf stability and stabilizing compositions |
US6620577B1 (en) | 2002-02-25 | 2003-09-16 | Eastman Kodak Company | High speed photothermographic materials containing selenium compounds and methods of using same |
US6620582B2 (en) | 2000-12-25 | 2003-09-16 | Konica Corporation | Thermally developable photothermographic material for making a printing plate, printing plate made thereof and preparation method thereof |
US6630283B1 (en) | 2000-09-07 | 2003-10-07 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Photothermographic and photographic elements having a transparent support having antihalation properties and properties for reducing woodgrain |
US6645714B2 (en) | 2000-03-17 | 2003-11-11 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photothermographic material |
US6667148B1 (en) | 2003-01-14 | 2003-12-23 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials having barrier layer with inorganic filler particles |
US6689546B1 (en) | 2002-11-26 | 2004-02-10 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials containing backside conductive layers |
US6689547B2 (en) | 2001-12-05 | 2004-02-10 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable imaging materials with improved image uniformity |
US6699648B2 (en) | 2002-03-27 | 2004-03-02 | Eastman Kodak Company | Modified antistatic compositions and thermally developable materials containing same |
US6699649B2 (en) | 2001-07-17 | 2004-03-02 | Konica Corporation | Silver salt photothermographic imaging material, and image recording method and image forming method by the use thereof |
US6699647B2 (en) | 2000-12-21 | 2004-03-02 | Eastman Kodak Company | High speed photothermographic materials containing tellurium compounds and methods of using same |
US20040053173A1 (en) | 2002-09-18 | 2004-03-18 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic materials containing high iodide emulsions |
US6713240B2 (en) | 2002-07-11 | 2004-03-30 | Eastman Kodak Company | Black-and-white aqueous photothermographic materials containing mercaptotriazole toners |
US6746831B1 (en) | 2003-01-27 | 2004-06-08 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable imaging materials with barrier layer containing a cellulose ether polymer |
US6762013B2 (en) | 2002-10-04 | 2004-07-13 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials containing fluorochemical conductive layers |
US6764385B2 (en) | 2002-07-29 | 2004-07-20 | Nanoclean Technologies, Inc. | Methods for resist stripping and cleaning surfaces substantially free of contaminants |
US6787298B2 (en) | 2001-10-03 | 2004-09-07 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photothermographic material |
US6803177B2 (en) | 2002-07-30 | 2004-10-12 | Eastman Kodak Company | Silver compounds and compositions, thermally developable materials containing same, and methods of preparation |
US20040234906A1 (en) | 2003-01-24 | 2004-11-25 | Tomoyuki Ohzeki | Photothermographic material |
US6841343B2 (en) | 2002-07-11 | 2005-01-11 | Eastman Kodak Company | Black-and-white organic solvent-based photothermographic materials containing mercaptotriazole toners |
US20050048422A1 (en) | 2003-09-01 | 2005-03-03 | Hajime Nakagawa | Packaged member of photothermographic material and image forming method for photothermographic material |
US6942960B2 (en) | 2003-08-12 | 2005-09-13 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic materials containing doped high iodide emulsions |
US20060046932A1 (en) | 2004-08-31 | 2006-03-02 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials with backside conductive layer |
US7008748B1 (en) | 2004-09-07 | 2006-03-07 | Eastman Kodak Company | Silver salt-toner co-precipitates and imaging materials |
US7018787B1 (en) | 2004-11-30 | 2006-03-28 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials with improved backside layers |
US7022467B1 (en) | 2004-11-30 | 2006-04-04 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials having improved backside conductive layers |
US7026105B2 (en) | 2003-12-09 | 2006-04-11 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic materials containing silver halide sensitized with combination of compounds |
JP2006154714A (en) * | 2004-03-22 | 2006-06-15 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Heat developable photosensitive material and image forming method |
US7063941B2 (en) | 2003-12-09 | 2006-06-20 | Eastman Kodak Company | Method for chemical sensitization of silver halide for photothermographic use |
US7067242B2 (en) | 2004-10-29 | 2006-06-27 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials with improved conductive layer |
US20060141404A1 (en) | 2004-12-29 | 2006-06-29 | Eastman Kodak Company | Boron compounds as stabilizers in photothermographic materials |
US7074549B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2006-07-11 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic materials containing phosphors and methods of using same |
US7087366B2 (en) | 2003-12-09 | 2006-08-08 | Eastman Kodak Company | Method for chemical sensitization of silver halide for photothermographic use |
US7129032B2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2006-10-31 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd | Black and white photothermographic material and image forming method |
US7144689B2 (en) | 2004-08-31 | 2006-12-05 | Eastman Kodak Company | Antistatic properties for thermally developable materials |
US7169543B2 (en) | 2004-12-29 | 2007-01-30 | Eastman Kodak Company | Blocked aliphatic thiol stabilizers for photothermographic materials |
US7169544B2 (en) | 2005-04-21 | 2007-01-30 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials containing thermal solvents |
US7192695B2 (en) | 2003-04-03 | 2007-03-20 | Fujifilm Corporation | Image forming method using photothermographic material |
US7241561B1 (en) | 2006-02-10 | 2007-07-10 | Carestream Health, Inc. | Photothermographic reducing agents with bicyclic or tricyclic substitution |
US7255928B2 (en) | 2001-05-02 | 2007-08-14 | Dupont Teijin Films U.S. Limited Partnership | Multilayer polymeric films |
US7258967B1 (en) | 2006-10-18 | 2007-08-21 | Carestream Health, Inc. | Photothermographic materials containing print stabilizers |
US7261999B2 (en) | 2005-11-22 | 2007-08-28 | Carestream Health, Inc. | Photothermographic materials containing post-processing stabilizers |
US7267934B2 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2007-09-11 | Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic, Inc. | Method of forming an image |
US7303864B2 (en) | 2004-03-29 | 2007-12-04 | Fujifilm Corporation | Black and white photothermographic material and image forming method |
US20080057450A1 (en) | 2006-08-21 | 2008-03-06 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials containing reducing agent combinations |
US20080145801A1 (en) | 2006-12-18 | 2008-06-19 | Chaofeng Zou | Photothermographic materials containing developer and co-developer |
US20080145788A1 (en) | 2006-12-18 | 2008-06-19 | Simpson Sharon M | Photothermographic materials containing co-developers with phosphonium cation |
US20090081578A1 (en) * | 2007-09-21 | 2009-03-26 | Carestream Health, Inc. | Method of preparing silver carboxylate soaps |
-
2017
- 2017-01-05 WO PCT/US2017/012235 patent/WO2017123444A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (258)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US1623499A (en) | 1925-06-16 | 1927-04-05 | A corpora | |
US2131038A (en) | 1932-05-26 | 1938-09-27 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photographic emulsion containing alkyl quaternary salts of thiazoles and the like asantifoggants |
US2399083A (en) | 1942-02-13 | 1946-04-23 | Ilford Ltd | Photographic materials |
US2588765A (en) | 1944-03-21 | 1952-03-11 | Gevaert Photo Prod Nv | Lubricated photographic element containing a mixture of higher fatty alcohols and higher fatty acids |
US2489341A (en) | 1944-07-04 | 1949-11-29 | Ilford Ltd | Production of photographic silver halide emulsions |
GB623448A (en) | 1945-07-30 | 1949-05-18 | Kodak Ltd | Improvements in and relating to photographic emulsions |
US2566263A (en) | 1945-08-30 | 1951-08-28 | Eastman Kodak Co | Stabilizing photographic emulsions with chloropalladites and chloroplatinites |
US2444605A (en) | 1945-12-15 | 1948-07-06 | Gen Aniline & Film Corp | Stabilizers for photographic emulsions |
US2565418A (en) | 1947-08-13 | 1951-08-21 | Eastman Kodak Co | Method of preparing photographic silver halide emulsions |
US2614928A (en) | 1947-08-13 | 1952-10-21 | Eastman Kodak Co | Method of preparing photographic emulsions |
US2618556A (en) | 1947-11-19 | 1952-11-18 | Eastman Kodak Co | Process for preparing photographic emulsions |
US2597915A (en) | 1949-09-24 | 1952-05-27 | Eastman Kodak Co | Stabilization of photographic emulsions sensitized with gold compounds |
US2701245A (en) | 1951-05-01 | 1955-02-01 | Eastman Kodak Co | Bead polymerization of methyl methacrylate |
US2681294A (en) | 1951-08-23 | 1954-06-15 | Eastman Kodak Co | Method of coating strip material |
US2694716A (en) | 1951-10-17 | 1954-11-16 | Eastman Kodak Co | Polymethylene-bis-benzothiazolium salts |
US2861056A (en) | 1953-11-12 | 1958-11-18 | Eastman Kodak Co | Resinous carboxy ester-lactones and process for preparing them |
US2761791A (en) | 1955-02-23 | 1956-09-04 | Eastman Kodak Co | Method of multiple coating |
US2839405A (en) | 1955-03-08 | 1958-06-17 | Eastman Kodak Co | Inorganic salt antifoggants for photographic emulsions |
US2886437A (en) | 1955-12-01 | 1959-05-12 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photographic emulsions sensitized with alkylene oxide polymers and quaternary ammonium compounds |
US2960404A (en) | 1956-06-04 | 1960-11-15 | Eastman Kodak Co | Gelatin coating compositions |
US2992101A (en) | 1957-02-18 | 1961-07-11 | Eastman Kodak Co | Suppression of newton's rings in printing color films |
GB837095A (en) | 1957-12-16 | 1960-06-09 | Ilford Ltd | Improvements in or relating to the production of multilayer photographic materials |
US3074809A (en) | 1959-10-26 | 1963-01-22 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Heat-sensitive copying-paper |
US3080254A (en) | 1959-10-26 | 1963-03-05 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Heat-sensitive copying-paper |
US3121060A (en) | 1960-06-06 | 1964-02-11 | Eastman Kodak Co | Lubricant for photographic film |
US3428451A (en) | 1960-09-19 | 1969-02-18 | Eastman Kodak Co | Supports for radiation-sensitive elements and improved elements comprising such supports |
US3094417A (en) | 1961-01-03 | 1963-06-18 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Heat sensitive copy sheet, process of making and using |
US3241969A (en) | 1961-01-27 | 1966-03-22 | Hart Rene Maurice | Photographic silver halide emulsions |
GB955061A (en) | 1961-06-08 | 1964-04-15 | Du Pont | Improvements relating to the production of photographic films |
US3220839A (en) | 1961-08-25 | 1965-11-30 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photographic emulsions containing isothiourea derivatives |
US3206312A (en) | 1962-06-12 | 1965-09-14 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photographic film having antistatic agent therein |
US3287135A (en) | 1963-12-20 | 1966-11-22 | Eastman Kodak Co | Antifoggants for silver halide emulsions on a linear polyester support |
US3297446A (en) | 1964-02-10 | 1967-01-10 | Eastman Kodak Co | Synergistic sensitization of photographic systems with labile selenium and a noble metal |
US3235652A (en) | 1964-03-10 | 1966-02-15 | Kenneth P Lindsey | Electric line cross-arm with wire stringing and clamping means |
US3297447A (en) | 1964-07-22 | 1967-01-10 | Eastman Kodak Co | Stabilization of synergistically sensitized photographic systems |
US3330663A (en) | 1964-08-14 | 1967-07-11 | Agfa Gevaert Ag | Silver salts of sulfur-containing aliphatic carboxylic acids as lightsensitive compounds |
US3438776A (en) | 1964-12-28 | 1969-04-15 | Eastman Kodak Co | Non-aqueous silver halide photographic process |
US3446648A (en) | 1965-09-27 | 1969-05-27 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Reactive copying sheet and method of using |
US3887417A (en) | 1968-04-25 | 1975-06-03 | Ici Ltd | Non-woven fabrics |
US3719495A (en) | 1969-10-03 | 1973-03-06 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Use of merocyanine compounds in photothermosensitive systems |
US3700458A (en) | 1971-03-01 | 1972-10-24 | Eastman Kodak Co | Chemical process |
FR2147286A1 (en) * | 1971-07-28 | 1973-03-09 | Eastman Kodak Co | |
US3839049A (en) | 1971-07-28 | 1974-10-01 | Eastman Kodak Co | Preparation of a silver salt of a fatty acid |
US3832186A (en) | 1972-04-26 | 1974-08-27 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Heat developing-out photosensitive materials |
US3844797A (en) | 1972-04-27 | 1974-10-29 | Agfa Gevaert | Photosensitive recording material |
JPS4913224A (en) | 1972-05-18 | 1974-02-05 | ||
US3785830A (en) | 1972-06-14 | 1974-01-15 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photothermographic element,composition and process |
US3951660A (en) | 1972-12-16 | 1976-04-20 | Agfa-Gevaert, A.G. | Dry copying material |
GB1439478A (en) | 1972-12-16 | 1976-06-16 | Agfa Gevaert Ag | Dry copying material |
US3847612A (en) | 1973-02-02 | 1974-11-12 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Light-sensitive heat-developable sheet material |
US4082901A (en) | 1973-04-04 | 1978-04-04 | Agfa-Gevaert N.V. | Thermographic material |
JPS5017216A (en) | 1973-06-11 | 1975-02-24 | ||
US4076539A (en) | 1973-07-23 | 1978-02-28 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Process for preparing silver halide dispersions |
US3874946A (en) | 1974-02-19 | 1975-04-01 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photothermographic element, composition and process |
US4030931A (en) | 1974-05-17 | 1977-06-21 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Heat developable light-sensitive material |
JPS5142529A (en) | 1974-10-08 | 1976-04-10 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | NETSUGENZOKANKOZAIRYO |
US4123282A (en) | 1975-09-08 | 1978-10-31 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic toners |
US4260677A (en) | 1976-03-12 | 1981-04-07 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Thermographic and photothermographic materials having silver salt complexes therein |
US4001024A (en) | 1976-03-22 | 1977-01-04 | Eastman Kodak Company | Method of multi-layer coating |
US4302523A (en) | 1977-03-02 | 1981-11-24 | Eastman Kodak Company | Magnetic recording elements containing transparent recording layer |
US4123274A (en) | 1977-03-16 | 1978-10-31 | Eastman Kodak Company | Heat developable imaging materials and process |
GB1565043A (en) | 1977-04-05 | 1980-04-16 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Dry processing type recording elemnts |
US4196002A (en) | 1977-09-19 | 1980-04-01 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic element containing heat sensitive dye materials |
US4220709A (en) | 1977-12-08 | 1980-09-02 | Eastman Kodak Company | Heat developable imaging materials and process |
US4396712A (en) | 1980-05-30 | 1983-08-02 | Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Dry image forming material |
US4439520A (en) | 1981-11-12 | 1984-03-27 | Eastman Kodak Company | Sensitized high aspect ratio silver halide emulsions and photographic elements |
US4609621A (en) | 1982-09-24 | 1986-09-02 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic light-sensitive material |
US4569863A (en) | 1982-10-21 | 1986-02-11 | Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft | Process for the multiple coating of moving objects or webs |
US4581329A (en) | 1983-03-11 | 1986-04-08 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic light-sensitive material |
US5250386A (en) | 1983-03-16 | 1993-10-05 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Dry image-forming process |
US4678741A (en) | 1983-07-12 | 1987-07-07 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic materials |
US4524128A (en) | 1983-10-24 | 1985-06-18 | Eastman Kodak Company | Spectrally sensitized silver halide photothermographic material |
US4504575A (en) | 1983-10-31 | 1985-03-12 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Heat-developable film containing silver sulfonate physical developer |
US4582786A (en) | 1983-11-30 | 1986-04-15 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic emulsion |
US4840882A (en) | 1983-12-02 | 1989-06-20 | Konishiroku Photo Industry Co., Ltd. | Heat developable color light-sensitive material |
US4675279A (en) | 1984-07-25 | 1987-06-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic materials containing tabular silver halide grains and a specified sensitizing dye |
US4720451A (en) | 1984-09-18 | 1988-01-19 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide color reversal light-sensitive material |
US4690883A (en) | 1984-12-14 | 1987-09-01 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Image forming process |
US4775613A (en) | 1985-03-30 | 1988-10-04 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Heat-developable light-sensitive material |
US4818675A (en) | 1985-06-12 | 1989-04-04 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic light sensitive material with improved silver blackness of picture image |
US4761361A (en) | 1985-08-15 | 1988-08-02 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Method for forming an image employing acetylene silver compounds |
US5064753A (en) | 1985-09-17 | 1991-11-12 | Konica Corporation | Heat-developing photographic material |
EP0227141A1 (en) | 1985-11-26 | 1987-07-01 | Agfa-Gevaert N.V. | A process for the production of a photothermographic material |
US4741992A (en) | 1986-09-22 | 1988-05-03 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally processable element comprising an overcoat layer containing poly(silicic acid) |
US4784939A (en) | 1987-09-02 | 1988-11-15 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic elements |
US4952491A (en) | 1987-09-10 | 1990-08-28 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photographic light-sensitive material and method of developing the same |
US4873184A (en) | 1988-02-05 | 1989-10-10 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Supersensitization of silver halide photothermographic emulsions |
EP0342810A2 (en) | 1988-05-20 | 1989-11-23 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Cyanine dyes and preparation thereof |
US4945036A (en) | 1988-05-31 | 1990-07-31 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photosensitive material |
US5135842A (en) | 1989-06-12 | 1992-08-04 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Thermal dye bleach construction |
US5266452A (en) | 1989-06-12 | 1993-11-30 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photographic element containing a thermal dye bleach system |
US5028523A (en) | 1990-06-04 | 1991-07-02 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic elements |
US5149620A (en) | 1990-07-30 | 1992-09-22 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Post processing stabilized photothermographic emulsions |
US5158866A (en) | 1990-08-31 | 1992-10-27 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Post-processing stabilization of photothermographic emulsions with amido compounds |
US5175081A (en) | 1990-08-31 | 1992-12-29 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Post-processsing stabilization of photothermographic emulsions |
US5049485A (en) | 1990-11-16 | 1991-09-17 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic silver halide material comprising gold compound |
US5281515A (en) | 1991-09-18 | 1994-01-25 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Thermally developable photographic elements |
US5252455A (en) | 1992-03-04 | 1993-10-12 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic silver halide material comprising gold (I) complexes comprising sulfur- and/or selenium-substituted macrocyclic polyether ligands |
US5391727A (en) | 1992-03-04 | 1995-02-21 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic silver halide material comprising novel gold compound |
EP0559228B1 (en) | 1992-03-06 | 1999-08-25 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic elements |
EP0600587A1 (en) | 1992-10-12 | 1994-06-08 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic imaging materials and antifoggants therefor |
EP0600586B1 (en) | 1992-11-30 | 1997-12-10 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic elements |
US5314795A (en) | 1992-12-21 | 1994-05-24 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Thermal-dye-bleach construction comprising a polymethine dye and a thermal carbanion-generating agent |
US5374514A (en) | 1993-01-06 | 1994-12-20 | Kirk; Mark P. | Photothermographic materials |
US5340613A (en) | 1993-03-12 | 1994-08-23 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Process for simultaneously coating multiple layers of thermoreversible organogels and coated articles produced thereby |
US5393654A (en) | 1993-03-16 | 1995-02-28 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic imaging materials and sensitisers therefor |
US5415993A (en) | 1993-04-26 | 1995-05-16 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Thermoreversible organogels for photothermographic elements |
US5369000A (en) | 1993-04-29 | 1994-11-29 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Post-processing stabilizers for photothermographic articles |
US5300420A (en) | 1993-06-01 | 1994-04-05 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Stabilizers for photothermography with nitrile blocking groups |
US5310640A (en) | 1993-06-02 | 1994-05-10 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally processable imaging element comprising an electroconductive layer and a backing layer. |
US5493327A (en) | 1993-06-04 | 1996-02-20 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method and apparatus for producing image reproducing materials using photothermographic material sensitive to radiation in the red region and transparent to radiation in the ultraviolet range of the electromagnetic spectrum |
US5298390A (en) | 1993-06-07 | 1994-03-29 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Speed enhancers and stabilizers for photothermography |
US5460938A (en) | 1993-06-08 | 1995-10-24 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic materials |
US5594143A (en) | 1993-06-08 | 1997-01-14 | Imation Corp. | Photothermographic materials |
US5358843A (en) | 1993-08-20 | 1994-10-25 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic elements containing silyl blocking groups |
US5464747A (en) | 1993-10-29 | 1995-11-07 | Boehringer Mannheim Corporation | Oxidation-resistant muteins of β-galactosidase fragments |
US5368979A (en) | 1994-01-27 | 1994-11-29 | Polaroid Corporation | Thermally developable photosensitive element |
US5382504A (en) | 1994-02-22 | 1995-01-17 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic element with core-shell-type silver halide grains |
US5441866A (en) | 1994-02-28 | 1995-08-15 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Sensitizers for photothermographic elements |
US5380635A (en) | 1994-02-28 | 1995-01-10 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Dihydroperimidine squarylium dyes as antihalation and acutance materials for photographic and photothermographic articles |
EP0678776A2 (en) | 1994-04-18 | 1995-10-25 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally processable imaging element comprising a surface layer that is electroconductive |
US5368995A (en) | 1994-04-22 | 1994-11-29 | Eastman Kodak Company | Imaging element comprising an electrically-conductive layer containing particles of a metal antimonate |
US5405740A (en) | 1994-04-26 | 1995-04-11 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Process for manufacturing stable photothermographic elements |
US5434043A (en) | 1994-05-09 | 1995-07-18 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic element with pre-formed iridium-doped silver halide grains |
US5780207A (en) | 1994-05-11 | 1998-07-14 | Imation Corp. | Imaging process for imaging materials |
US6436616B1 (en) | 1994-11-16 | 2002-08-20 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic element with reduced woodgrain interference patterns |
US5468603A (en) | 1994-11-16 | 1995-11-21 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic and thermographic elements for use in automated equipment |
US5928857A (en) | 1994-11-16 | 1999-07-27 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Photothermographic element with improved adherence between layers |
US5496695A (en) | 1995-01-06 | 1996-03-05 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Hydrazide compounds useful as co-developers for black-and-white photothermographic elements |
US5525376A (en) | 1995-02-02 | 1996-06-11 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Multiple layer coating method |
US5733608A (en) | 1995-02-02 | 1998-03-31 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method and apparatus for applying thin fluid coating stripes |
US5532121A (en) | 1995-03-24 | 1996-07-02 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Mottle reducing agent for photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5541054A (en) | 1995-04-20 | 1996-07-30 | Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Company | Spectral sensitizing dyes for photothermographic elements |
US5541054B1 (en) | 1995-04-20 | 1998-11-17 | Imation Corp | Spectral sensitizing dyes for photothermographic elements |
US5508162A (en) | 1995-05-12 | 1996-04-16 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic elements containing a combination of spectral sensitizers |
US5510236A (en) | 1995-05-12 | 1996-04-23 | Eastman Kodak Company | Spectrally sensitized photothermographic elements |
US5599647A (en) | 1995-07-07 | 1997-02-04 | Agfa-Gevaert N.V. | New toning agents for thermographic and photothermographic materials and process |
US5667955A (en) | 1995-08-10 | 1997-09-16 | Eastman Kodak Company | High bromide ultrathin tabular emulsions improved by peptizer modification |
US5545515A (en) | 1995-09-19 | 1996-08-13 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Acrylonitrile compounds as co-developers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5637449A (en) | 1995-09-19 | 1997-06-10 | Imation Corp | Hydrogen atom donor compounds as contrast enhancers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5545507A (en) | 1995-09-19 | 1996-08-13 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Hydroxamic acid compounds as contrast enhancers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5545505A (en) | 1995-09-19 | 1996-08-13 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Amine compounds as contrast enhancers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5558983A (en) | 1995-09-19 | 1996-09-24 | Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Company | N-acyl-hydrazine compounds as contrast enhancers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5716772A (en) | 1995-09-22 | 1998-02-10 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic material |
US5652091A (en) | 1995-10-31 | 1997-07-29 | Eastman Kodak Company | Heat bleachable elements having polymeric acid layer adjacent heat bleachable antihalation layer |
US5620840A (en) | 1995-12-19 | 1997-04-15 | Eastman Kodak Company | High bromide tabular grain emulsions improved by peptizer selection |
US5691127A (en) | 1996-02-02 | 1997-11-25 | Eastman Kodak Company | Epitaxially sensitized ultrathin tabular grain emulsions containing stabilizing addenda |
US5654130A (en) | 1996-03-14 | 1997-08-05 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | 2-substituted malondialdehyde compounds as co-developers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5705324A (en) | 1996-03-14 | 1998-01-06 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | 4-Substituted isoxazole compounds as co-developers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5621983A (en) | 1996-03-29 | 1997-04-22 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Apparatus and method for deckeling excess air when drying a coating on a substrate |
US5672562A (en) | 1996-05-08 | 1997-09-30 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermal recording element |
US5635339A (en) | 1996-05-16 | 1997-06-03 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | 3-heteroaramatic-substituted acrylonitrile compounds as co-developers for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
EP0821271A1 (en) | 1996-07-24 | 1998-01-28 | Agfa-Gevaert N.V. | Infra-red photothermographic material comprising a spectral sensitizer and a stilbene derivative supersensitizer |
US5686228A (en) | 1996-07-25 | 1997-11-11 | Imation Corp. | Substituted propenitrile compounds as antifoggants for black-and-white photothermographic and thermographic elements |
US5795708A (en) | 1996-08-16 | 1998-08-18 | Eastman Kodak Company | Use of a dichroic mirror antihalation layer for speed and sharpness boost |
US6063560A (en) | 1996-10-01 | 2000-05-16 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd | Photographic photothermographic material |
US5891610A (en) | 1996-11-22 | 1999-04-06 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally processable imaging element with improved adhesion of the overcoat layer |
US5861195A (en) | 1997-01-21 | 1999-01-19 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method for coating a plurality of fluid layers onto a substrate |
US5849363A (en) | 1997-01-21 | 1998-12-15 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Apparatus and method for minimizing the drying of a coating fluid on a slide coater surface |
US5843530A (en) | 1997-01-21 | 1998-12-01 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method for minimizing waste when coating a fluid with a slide coater |
US5804365A (en) | 1997-03-07 | 1998-09-08 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally processable imaging element having a crosslinked hydrophobic binder |
US5891615A (en) | 1997-04-08 | 1999-04-06 | Imation Corp. | Chemical sensitization of photothermographic silver halide emulsions |
US5759761A (en) | 1997-06-04 | 1998-06-02 | Eastman Kodak Company | Gold chemical sensitizers for silver halides |
US6146822A (en) | 1997-06-06 | 2000-11-14 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Thermographic or photothermographic image recording elements |
US6013420A (en) | 1997-06-13 | 2000-01-11 | Agfa-Gevaert Ag | Chromogenic process for the production of color images using a color photographic recording material, which contains embedded color developer compounds that can be activated by heat treatment |
US5939249A (en) | 1997-06-24 | 1999-08-17 | Imation Corp. | Photothermographic element with iridium and copper doped silver halide grains |
US5981151A (en) | 1997-08-01 | 1999-11-09 | Agfa-Gevaert, N.V. | Photothermographic material and a method for producing lithographic plates therewith |
US6306566B2 (en) | 1997-10-21 | 2001-10-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Heat development image forming process thermally decoloring image recording process and process for decoloring cyanine dye |
EP0915371A1 (en) | 1997-11-06 | 1999-05-12 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photographic element containing water soluble bis AU(I) complexes |
US5912111A (en) | 1998-02-18 | 1999-06-15 | Eastman Kodak Company | Gold(I) sensitizers for silver halide emulsions |
US6150084A (en) | 1998-03-31 | 2000-11-21 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photothermographic element |
US6100022A (en) | 1998-04-08 | 2000-08-08 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photothermographic element |
JPH11302550A (en) | 1998-04-23 | 1999-11-02 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Triarylmethane compound and heat-developable photosensitive material containing the same |
JP2000029168A (en) | 1998-05-07 | 2000-01-28 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Recording material having photo-decolorizing color layer and heat developable photosensitive material |
JP2000063690A (en) | 1998-08-21 | 2000-02-29 | Konica Corp | Novel compound; silver halide emulsion, silver halide sensitive material, thermal-development silver salt photographic sensitive material, and optical recording medium containing same; and image formation method |
US6165704A (en) | 1998-09-16 | 2000-12-26 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Silver halide photographic light-sensitive material |
JP2000112054A (en) | 1998-10-05 | 2000-04-21 | Konica Corp | Photographic additive, silver halide emulsion containing the same, silver halide photosensitive material, its processing method, and heat-developable silver salt photographic sensitive material |
US6387605B1 (en) | 1999-01-28 | 2002-05-14 | Eastman Kodak Company | Co-developers for black-and-white photothermographic elements |
US6355405B1 (en) | 1999-02-26 | 2002-03-12 | Eastman Kodak Company | Multi-layer article with improved adhesion and method of making |
JP2000273329A (en) | 1999-03-19 | 2000-10-03 | Konica Corp | Photosensitive silver halide emulsion, silver halide photographic material, silver halide color photographic material, heat-developable photographic material, formation of heat-developed image, and compound |
US6171767B1 (en) | 1999-04-28 | 2001-01-09 | Eastman Kodak Company | 1-sulfonyl-1H-benzotriazole compounds as print stabilizers in photothermographic elements |
US6083681A (en) | 1999-06-10 | 2000-07-04 | Eastman Kodak Company | Stabilizer compounds for photothermographic elements |
JP2001005145A (en) | 1999-06-18 | 2001-01-12 | Konica Corp | Heat developable image forming method |
JP2001051371A (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2001-02-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Recording material having erasable color layer and heat-developable photosensitive material |
JP2001064527A (en) | 1999-08-26 | 2001-03-13 | Konica Corp | Silver halide photograph photosensitive material, heat developing silver halide photograph photosensitive material and methine pigment |
EP1083459A1 (en) | 1999-09-09 | 2001-03-14 | Konica Corporation | Photothermographic material |
US6413712B1 (en) | 1999-09-17 | 2002-07-02 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photothermographic material |
JP2001109101A (en) | 1999-10-05 | 2001-04-20 | Konica Corp | Heat developable sensitive material and x-ray image forming unit and x-ray image recording method each using same |
JP2001142175A (en) | 1999-11-17 | 2001-05-25 | Konica Corp | Heat developable material, developing method and image forming method |
US6566042B1 (en) | 1999-11-24 | 2003-05-20 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Method for producing image and high-speed photothermographic material |
JP2001154305A (en) | 1999-11-26 | 2001-06-08 | Konica Corp | Silver halide emulsion, silver halide photographic sensitive material, silver halide color photographic sensitive material and heat developable silver halide photographic sensitive material |
JP2001183770A (en) | 1999-12-27 | 2001-07-06 | Konica Corp | Heat developable material and method for heat- developing same |
US6485898B2 (en) | 2000-01-05 | 2002-11-26 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photothermographic material |
US6514684B2 (en) | 2000-01-11 | 2003-02-04 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Bisphenol-phosphorous compound complex and thermally processed image recording material utilizing the same |
US6475710B2 (en) | 2000-01-20 | 2002-11-05 | Konica Corporation | Photothermographic material |
US6645714B2 (en) | 2000-03-17 | 2003-11-11 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photothermographic material |
US6472131B1 (en) | 2000-05-04 | 2002-10-29 | Eastman Kodak Company | Asymmetric silver salt dimers and imaging compositions, materials and methods using same |
US6355408B1 (en) | 2000-05-04 | 2002-03-12 | Eastman Kodak Company | Core-shell silver salts and imaging compositions, materials and methods using same |
US6465162B1 (en) | 2000-08-15 | 2002-10-15 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic materials containing backside image stabilizing compounds |
US6630283B1 (en) | 2000-09-07 | 2003-10-07 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Photothermographic and photographic elements having a transparent support having antihalation properties and properties for reducing woodgrain |
US6368779B1 (en) | 2000-09-21 | 2002-04-09 | Eastman Kodak Company | High speed photothermographic materials and methods of making and using same |
US6352819B1 (en) | 2000-12-01 | 2002-03-05 | Eastman Kodak Company | High contrast thermally-developable imaging materials containing barrier layer |
US6455210B1 (en) | 2000-12-06 | 2002-09-24 | Eastman Kodak Company | Aqueous thermally beachable composition useful in a photothermographic element |
US6699647B2 (en) | 2000-12-21 | 2004-03-02 | Eastman Kodak Company | High speed photothermographic materials containing tellurium compounds and methods of using same |
US6620582B2 (en) | 2000-12-25 | 2003-09-16 | Konica Corporation | Thermally developable photothermographic material for making a printing plate, printing plate made thereof and preparation method thereof |
US6423481B1 (en) | 2001-01-23 | 2002-07-23 | Eastman Kodak Company | High speed photothermographic materials with combined chemical sensitizers and methods of using same |
US6352820B1 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2002-03-05 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable imaging materials containing polyester polymeric barrier layer |
US6413710B1 (en) | 2001-04-12 | 2002-07-02 | Eastman Kodak Company | Methods for making photothermographic emulsions and imaging materials |
US7255928B2 (en) | 2001-05-02 | 2007-08-14 | Dupont Teijin Films U.S. Limited Partnership | Multilayer polymeric films |
US6440649B1 (en) | 2001-05-30 | 2002-08-27 | Eastman Kodak Company | X-radiation photothermographic materials and methods of using same |
US6558880B1 (en) | 2001-06-06 | 2003-05-06 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable imaging materials containing heat-bleachable antihalation composition |
US6699649B2 (en) | 2001-07-17 | 2004-03-02 | Konica Corporation | Silver salt photothermographic imaging material, and image recording method and image forming method by the use thereof |
US6420102B1 (en) | 2001-07-27 | 2002-07-16 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable imaging materials containing hydroxy-containing polymeric barrier layer |
US6514677B1 (en) | 2001-08-31 | 2003-02-04 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable infrared sensitive imaging materials containing heat-bleachable antihalation composition |
US6787298B2 (en) | 2001-10-03 | 2004-09-07 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photothermographic material |
US6689547B2 (en) | 2001-12-05 | 2004-02-10 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable imaging materials with improved image uniformity |
US6599685B1 (en) | 2002-01-08 | 2003-07-29 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable imaging materials having improved shelf stability and stabilizing compositions |
US6620577B1 (en) | 2002-02-25 | 2003-09-16 | Eastman Kodak Company | High speed photothermographic materials containing selenium compounds and methods of using same |
US6699648B2 (en) | 2002-03-27 | 2004-03-02 | Eastman Kodak Company | Modified antistatic compositions and thermally developable materials containing same |
US6713240B2 (en) | 2002-07-11 | 2004-03-30 | Eastman Kodak Company | Black-and-white aqueous photothermographic materials containing mercaptotriazole toners |
US6841343B2 (en) | 2002-07-11 | 2005-01-11 | Eastman Kodak Company | Black-and-white organic solvent-based photothermographic materials containing mercaptotriazole toners |
US6573033B1 (en) | 2002-07-11 | 2003-06-03 | Eastman Kodak Company | X-radiation sensitive aqueous-based photothermographic materials and methods of using same |
US6764385B2 (en) | 2002-07-29 | 2004-07-20 | Nanoclean Technologies, Inc. | Methods for resist stripping and cleaning surfaces substantially free of contaminants |
US6803177B2 (en) | 2002-07-30 | 2004-10-12 | Eastman Kodak Company | Silver compounds and compositions, thermally developable materials containing same, and methods of preparation |
US20040053173A1 (en) | 2002-09-18 | 2004-03-18 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic materials containing high iodide emulsions |
US6762013B2 (en) | 2002-10-04 | 2004-07-13 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials containing fluorochemical conductive layers |
US6689546B1 (en) | 2002-11-26 | 2004-02-10 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials containing backside conductive layers |
US6667148B1 (en) | 2003-01-14 | 2003-12-23 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials having barrier layer with inorganic filler particles |
US20040234906A1 (en) | 2003-01-24 | 2004-11-25 | Tomoyuki Ohzeki | Photothermographic material |
US6746831B1 (en) | 2003-01-27 | 2004-06-08 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable imaging materials with barrier layer containing a cellulose ether polymer |
US7192695B2 (en) | 2003-04-03 | 2007-03-20 | Fujifilm Corporation | Image forming method using photothermographic material |
US6942960B2 (en) | 2003-08-12 | 2005-09-13 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic materials containing doped high iodide emulsions |
US20050048422A1 (en) | 2003-09-01 | 2005-03-03 | Hajime Nakagawa | Packaged member of photothermographic material and image forming method for photothermographic material |
US7129032B2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2006-10-31 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd | Black and white photothermographic material and image forming method |
US7026105B2 (en) | 2003-12-09 | 2006-04-11 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic materials containing silver halide sensitized with combination of compounds |
US7063941B2 (en) | 2003-12-09 | 2006-06-20 | Eastman Kodak Company | Method for chemical sensitization of silver halide for photothermographic use |
US7087366B2 (en) | 2003-12-09 | 2006-08-08 | Eastman Kodak Company | Method for chemical sensitization of silver halide for photothermographic use |
JP2006154714A (en) * | 2004-03-22 | 2006-06-15 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Heat developable photosensitive material and image forming method |
US7303864B2 (en) | 2004-03-29 | 2007-12-04 | Fujifilm Corporation | Black and white photothermographic material and image forming method |
US7074549B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2006-07-11 | Eastman Kodak Company | Photothermographic materials containing phosphors and methods of using same |
US7267934B2 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2007-09-11 | Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic, Inc. | Method of forming an image |
US7144689B2 (en) | 2004-08-31 | 2006-12-05 | Eastman Kodak Company | Antistatic properties for thermally developable materials |
US20060046932A1 (en) | 2004-08-31 | 2006-03-02 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials with backside conductive layer |
US7008748B1 (en) | 2004-09-07 | 2006-03-07 | Eastman Kodak Company | Silver salt-toner co-precipitates and imaging materials |
US7067242B2 (en) | 2004-10-29 | 2006-06-27 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials with improved conductive layer |
US7022467B1 (en) | 2004-11-30 | 2006-04-04 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials having improved backside conductive layers |
US7018787B1 (en) | 2004-11-30 | 2006-03-28 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials with improved backside layers |
US20060141404A1 (en) | 2004-12-29 | 2006-06-29 | Eastman Kodak Company | Boron compounds as stabilizers in photothermographic materials |
US7169543B2 (en) | 2004-12-29 | 2007-01-30 | Eastman Kodak Company | Blocked aliphatic thiol stabilizers for photothermographic materials |
US7169544B2 (en) | 2005-04-21 | 2007-01-30 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials containing thermal solvents |
US7261999B2 (en) | 2005-11-22 | 2007-08-28 | Carestream Health, Inc. | Photothermographic materials containing post-processing stabilizers |
US7241561B1 (en) | 2006-02-10 | 2007-07-10 | Carestream Health, Inc. | Photothermographic reducing agents with bicyclic or tricyclic substitution |
US20080057450A1 (en) | 2006-08-21 | 2008-03-06 | Eastman Kodak Company | Thermally developable materials containing reducing agent combinations |
US7258967B1 (en) | 2006-10-18 | 2007-08-21 | Carestream Health, Inc. | Photothermographic materials containing print stabilizers |
US20080145801A1 (en) | 2006-12-18 | 2008-06-19 | Chaofeng Zou | Photothermographic materials containing developer and co-developer |
US20080145788A1 (en) | 2006-12-18 | 2008-06-19 | Simpson Sharon M | Photothermographic materials containing co-developers with phosphonium cation |
US20090081578A1 (en) * | 2007-09-21 | 2009-03-26 | Carestream Health, Inc. | Method of preparing silver carboxylate soaps |
US7524621B2 (en) | 2007-09-21 | 2009-04-28 | Carestream Health, Inc. | Method of preparing silver carboxylate soaps |
Non-Patent Citations (12)
Title |
---|
"Final Program and Proceedings of IS&T and SPSTJ", 13 September 2004, SOCIETY FOR IMAGING SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, article "At the Forefront of Silver Halide Imaging", pages: 28 - 31 |
"The Book Barn", KENNETH MASON PUBLICATIONS LTD. |
C. E. K. MEES; T. H. JAMES: "The Theory of the Photographic Process, 3rd ed.", 1966, MACMILLAN, article "Chapter 2" |
C. ZOU ET AL., J. IMAGING SCI. TECHNOL., vol. 40, 1996, pages 94 - 103 |
E. BRINCKMAN ET AL.: "Unconventional Imaging Processes", 1978, THE FOCAL PRESS, pages: 74 - 75 |
J. STURGE, V. WALWORTH, AND A. SHEPP: "Imaging Processes and Materials (Neblette's Eighth Edition)", 1989, VAN NOSTRAND-REINHOLD, article D. H. KLOSTERBOER: "Chapter 9", pages: 279 - 291 |
M. R. V. SAHYUN, J. IMAGING SCI. TECHNOL., vol. 42, 1998, pages 23 |
R. A. ELDER: "Resistivity Measurements on Buried Conductive Layers", EOS/ESD SYMPOSIUM PROCEEDINGS, 1990, pages 251 - 254, XP008101758 |
R. P. LOVELAND, PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSIS, ASTM SYMPOSIUM ON LIGHT MICROSCOPY, 1955, pages 94 - 122 |
T. H. JAMES: "The Theory of the Photographic Process, 4th ed.", 1977, EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY, article "Chapter 5", pages: 149 - 169 |
T. H. JAMES: "The Theory of the Photographic Process, 4th ed.", 1977, EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY, pages: 374 |
Y. YOSHIOKA; K. YAMANE; T. OHZEKI: "Development of Rapid Dry Photothermographic Materials with Water-Base Emulsion Coating Method", AGX 2004: THE INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON SILVER HALIDE TECHNOLOGY |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7524621B2 (en) | Method of preparing silver carboxylate soaps | |
US20080057450A1 (en) | Thermally developable materials containing reducing agent combinations | |
JP2008518275A (en) | Thermally developable material with improved conductive layer | |
US7261999B2 (en) | Photothermographic materials containing post-processing stabilizers | |
US6605418B1 (en) | Thermally developable emulsions and materials containing phthalazine compounds | |
US6803177B2 (en) | Silver compounds and compositions, thermally developable materials containing same, and methods of preparation | |
US7255982B1 (en) | Photothermographic materials incorporating arylboronic acids | |
US7258967B1 (en) | Photothermographic materials containing print stabilizers | |
US7482113B2 (en) | Photothermographic materials containing co-developers with phosphonium cation | |
JP2008511865A (en) | Improved antistatic properties for heat developable materials | |
US7468241B1 (en) | Processing latitude stabilizers for photothermographic materials | |
US6991894B2 (en) | Thermally developable imaging materials with barrier layer | |
US20070111145A1 (en) | Thermally developable materials with backside conductive layer | |
US20050233269A1 (en) | Photothermographic materials containing phosphors and methods of using same | |
US7241561B1 (en) | Photothermographic reducing agents with bicyclic or tricyclic substitution | |
US20080145801A1 (en) | Photothermographic materials containing developer and co-developer | |
WO2017123444A1 (en) | Method of preparing silver carboxylate soaps | |
US7622247B2 (en) | Protective overcoats for thermally developable materials | |
US7452661B2 (en) | Photothermographic materials incorporating antifoggants | |
US7267935B1 (en) | Thermally developable materials stabilized with crown ethers | |
US20060093974A1 (en) | Thermally developable materials processable at lower temperatures | |
JP2008530589A (en) | Thermally developable material with improved conductive layer | |
WO2006026112A1 (en) | Photothermographic materials with reduced development time |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 17703484 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 17703484 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |